e10vk
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
|
|
|
(Mark One)
|
þ
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO
SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF
1934
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2006
|
o
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO
SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF
1934
|
Commission File
No. 0-25826
HARMONIC INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
77-0201147
|
|
|
|
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer Identification
Number)
|
549 Baltic Way, Sunnyvale, CA
94089
(408) 542-2500
(Address, including zip code,
and telephone number, including area code, of Registrants
principal executive offices)
Securities registered pursuant
to section 12(b) of the Act:
|
|
|
Title of each class
|
|
Name of each exchange on which
registered
|
Common Stock, par value
$0.001 per share
|
|
NASDAQ Global Market
|
Series A Participating
Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share
|
|
NASDAQ Global
Market
|
Securities registered pursuant
to section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known
seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act.
Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file
reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed
all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for shorter period that the Registrant was
required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to
such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K
is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best
of the Registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or
information statements incorporated by reference in
Part III of this
Form 10-K
or any amendment to this
Form 10-K.
þ
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated
filer. See definition of accelerated filer and large
accelerated filer (as defined in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act). (Check one):
|
|
|
Large
accelerated
filer o |
Accelerated
filer þ |
Non-accelerated
filer o |
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company
(as defined in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act).
Yes o No þ
Based on the closing sale price of the Common Stock on the
NASDAQ Global Market on June 30, 2006, the aggregate market
value of Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant
was $311,481,748. Shares of Common Stock held by each officer
and director and by each person who owns 5% or more of the
outstanding Common Stock have been excluded in that such persons
may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate
status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other
purposes.
The number of shares outstanding of the Registrants Common
Stock, $0.001 par value, was 78,958,374 on
February 23, 2007.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY
REFERENCE
Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Registrants 2007
Annual Meeting of Stockholders (which will be filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of the
end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006) are
incorporated by reference in Part II and Part III of
this
Form 10-K.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FORWARD LOOKING
STATEMENTS
Some of the statements contained in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
are forward-looking statements that involve risks and
uncertainties. The statements contained in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
that are not purely historical are forward-looking statements
within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including, without limitation,
statements regarding trends related to our business and our
expectations, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the
future. These statements are subject to known and unknown risks,
uncertainties and other factors, which may cause our actual
results to differ materially from those implied by the
forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify
forward-looking statements by terminology such as
may, will, could,
should, expects, plans,
anticipates, believes,
intends, estimates,
predicts, potential, or
continue or the negative of these terms or other
comparable terminology. Important factors that may cause actual
results to differ from expectations include those discussed in
Risk Factors beginning on page 13 in this
document. All forward-looking statements included in this Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
are based on information available to us on the date thereof,
and we assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking
statements. The terms Harmonic, the
Company, we, us, its,
and our as used in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
refer to Harmonic Inc. and its subsidiaries and its predecessors
as a combined entity, except where the context requires
otherwise.
PART I
OVERVIEW
We design, manufacture and sell products and systems that enable
network operators to efficiently deliver broadcast and on-demand
video services that include digital video,
video-on-demand
(VOD) and high definition television (HDTV) as well as
high-speed Internet access and telephony. Historically, the
majority of our sales have been derived from sales of video
processing solutions and edge and access systems to cable
television operators. We also provide our video processing
solutions to direct broadcast satellite (DBS) operators and to
telephone companies, or telcos, that offer video services to
their customers.
Harmonic was initially incorporated in California in June 1988
and reincorporated into Delaware in May 1995. From our
acquisition of C-Cube Microsystems DiviCom business in
2000 until the end of 2005, Harmonic was organized as two
operating divisions, Convergent Systems, or CS, for digital
video systems, and Broadband Access Networks, or BAN, for fiber
optic systems. Each division had its own management team
directing its product development and marketing strategies and
its customer service requirements. Effective January 1,
2006, an organizational restructuring combined the
Companys CS division and BAN division into a single
segment with financial results reported as a single segment as
of the first quarter of 2006. A single sales force, organized
geographically, has historically supported the divisions with
appropriate product and market specialization as required, and
it continues to sell the entire range of products of the Company.
On December 8, 2006, we completed the acquisition of the
video networking software business of Entone Technologies, Inc.
The solutions offered by the Entone video networking software
business facilitate the provisioning of personalized video
services, including VOD, network personal video recording
(nPVR), time-shifted television and targeted advertisement
insertion.
Our principal executive offices are located at 549 Baltic Way,
Sunnyvale, California 94089. Our telephone number is
(408) 542-2500.
2
INDUSTRY
OVERVIEW
Demand for
Broadband and Digital Video Services
The delivery to subscribers of television programming and
Internet-based information and communication services is
converging, driven in part by advances in technology and in part
by changes in the regulatory and competitive environment.
Viewers of video increasingly seek a more personalized and
dynamic video experience which can be delivered to a variety of
devices ranging from wide-screen high definition TV sets to
mobile telephones. Today, there are a number of developing
trends which impact the broadcasting and television business and
that of our service provider customers who deliver video
programming. These trends include:
On-Demand
Services
The introduction of digital video recorders and network-based
video-on-demand
services is leading to changes in the way consumers watch
television programming. Consumers are increasingly utilizing
time-shifting and ad-skipping
technology. Further advances in technology are likely to
accelerate these trends, with cable, satellite and telco
operators all announcing initiatives, often in conjunction with
network broadcasters, to increasingly personalize
subscribers video viewing.
High-Definition
Television
The increasing popularity of HDTV sets and home
theater equipment is putting pressure on broadcasters and
pay-TV
providers to offer additional HDTV content and higher quality
video signals for both standard and high definition services. A
recent report by Kagan Research projected that penetration of
HDTV sets into US TV households would reach nearly 30% by the
end of 2006.
Mobile
Video
Several telcos in the U.S. and abroad have launched video
service to cellular telephones and other hand-held devices.
Certain cable operators have entered into agreements with mobile
phone operators that are likely to lead to further expansion of
mobile video services.
New Entrants and
Distribution Methods
Several companies, including Google, Yahoo! and Apple, have
recently announced their entry into the video distribution
business and enable customers to download video content to
personal computers and handheld devices. It is likely that the
entry of these companies into the video distribution business
will further change traditional video viewing habits and
distribution methods.
These trends are expected to increase the demand from service
providers for sophisticated digital video systems and optical
network products, which are required to acquire video content
from a variety of sources and deliver it to the end-user.
Competition and
Deregulation
Competition among communication service providers worldwide to
offer combinations of video, voice and data services has
increased in recent years. As a result of regulatory changes,
cable companies have moved to offer a range of broadband
services, including broadcast digital video, VOD and HDTV, as
well as internet access and
3
telephony, over their cable systems. Following further
regulatory changes, DBS operators have introduced local TV
channels in most markets, allowing them to compete more
effectively with cable multiple system operators, or MSOs. These
DBS operators have now begun to add national and local high
definition channels. In addition to the traditional competition
between cable and satellite operators, many telephone companies,
or telcos, have launched, or are planning to launch, video
services to complement their existing high-speed data and voice
services. This increasingly competitive environment is leading
to higher capital spending by many of the market participants,
in an effort to deploy attractive packages of service and to
capture high revenue-generating subscribers. In addition to
competition between these service providers, the increasing
availability of video and television programming on the internet
further adds to the competitive environment. Similar
liberalization of regulatory regimes in foreign countries has
abolished or exposed to competition incumbent broadcast and
telecom monopolies. These developments have led to the
establishment of new or expanded cable television networks, the
launch of new DBS services and particularly, the entry of
telephone companies into the business of providing video
services.
Our Cable
Market
To address increasing competition and demand for high-speed
broadband services, cable operators have introduced digital
video, voice and data services in addition to traditional analog
video. By offering bundled packages of broadband services, cable
operators are seeking to obtain a competitive advantage over
telephone companies and DBS providers and to create additional
revenue streams. Cable operators have been upgrading and
rebuilding their networks to offer digital video, which enables
them to provide more channels and better picture quality than
analog video, allowing them to better compete against the
substantial penetration of digital DBS services. These upgrades
to digital video also allow cable operators to roll out HDTV and
new interactive services such as VOD on their digital platforms.
In order to provide high-speed Internet service, cable operators
have deployed cable modems in an increasing number of their
systems and are also upgrading and building out their networks
to provide residential telephony and business services in a
number of major markets. Major U.S. cable operators have
indicated that the completion of major network upgrades, which
involved significant labor and construction costs, has resulted
in lower capital expenditures. However, in addition to upgrading
and extending network infrastructure with fiber optics, in order
to provide new services it is necessary for cable operators to
invest in digital headend equipment that can receive, process
and distribute content from a variety of sources in increasingly
complex headends. For example, VOD services require video
storage equipment and servers, systems to manage increasing
amounts of different content and complemented by devices capable
of routing, multiplexing and modulation for delivering signals
to individual subscribers over a hybrid fiber-coax, or HFC,
network. Additionally, the provision of HDTV channels requires
significantly more bandwidth than the equivalent number of
standard definition channels. As these new services continue to
attract increasing numbers of subscribers, cable operators have
begun to upgrade headends with digital simulcasting,
the first step in the transition to an all-digital network.
Digital simulcasting makes all channels available in digital
format, in addition to certain of the same channels in analog
format for analog-only cable subscribers. Further improvements
are being made to the transmission network to handle the greater
volume and complexity of network traffic and to address
competition from telcos. Although U.S. cable capital
expenditures have declined in recent years, principally due to
lower expenditures for network construction, certain cable
operators have indicated that they will increase capital
spending in 2007.
Our Satellite
Market
Satellite operators around the world have established digital
television services that serve millions of subscribers. These
services are capable of providing up to several hundred channels
of high quality standard definition video as well as increasing
numbers of high definition channels. DBS services, however,
operate mostly in a one-way environment. Signals are transmitted
from an uplink center to a satellite and then beamed to dishes
located at subscribers homes. This method is suited to the
delivery of broadcast television, but does not lend itself
easily to two-way services, such as Internet access or VOD. As
cable operators expand the number of channels offered and
introduce services such as VOD and HDTV, DBS providers are
seeking to protect and expand their subscriber base
4
in a number of ways. DBS operators have made local channels
available in all major markets in standard definition format. In
the U.S., must-carry regulations generally require DBS operators
to transmit all local channels in any markets they serve,
thereby adding constraints on channel capacity. Advances in
digital compression technology allow DBS operators to
cost-effectively add these new channels and to further expand
their video entertainment offerings, although the need to
provide more HDTV channels poses continuing bandwidth challenges
and is expected to require further capital expenditures for
satellite capacity and other infrastructure by such operators.
Our Telco
Market
Telcos are also facing increasing competition and demand for
high-speed residential broadband services. Like the cable
networks, the telcos legacy networks were not well
equipped to offer new services. The bandwidth and distance
limitations of the copper-based last mile present difficulties
in providing multiple video services to widespread geographic
areas. As cable companies and certain new broadband service
providers deliver video and are capturing data and voice
customers, many telcos have added, or are planning to add, video
services as a competitive response. Multi-channel video
delivered over DSL lines has significant bandwidth constraints,
but the use of video compression technology at very low bit
rates and improvements in DSL technology have allowed many
operators to introduce video services. Many major telcos are now
implementing plans to rebuild or upgrade their networks to offer
bundled video, voice and data services including initial mobile
video services to hand-held devices such as cellular telephones.
Other
Markets
In the terrestrial broadcasting market, operators in many
countries are now required by regulation to convert from analog
to digital transmission in order to free up broadcast spectrum.
The conversion to digital transmission often provides the
opportunity to deliver new services, such as HDTV and data
transmission. These broadcasters are faced with similar
requirements to cable and satellite providers in that they need
to convert analog signals to digital prior to transmission and
must also effectively manage the available bandwidth to maximize
their revenue streams. Similarly, operators of wireless
broadcast systems require encoding for the conversion of analog
signals to digital.
The Market
Opportunity
The demand for more bandwidth-intensive video, voice and data
content has strained existing communications networks and
created bottlenecks, especially in the headends and in the last
mile of the communications infrastructure where homes connect to
the local network. The construction of new networks or the
upgrade and extension of existing networks to facilitate
high-speed broadband video, voice and data services requires
substantial expenditure and often the replacement of significant
portions of the existing infrastructure. The economic success of
incumbent and new operators in a competitive environment will
depend to a large extent on their ability to offer a choice of
attractively priced packages of voice, video and data services
to consumers, and to do so with high reliability and easy access
to their network. Personalized video services, such as VOD, and
the availability of TV sets equipped for HDTV, will require
increasing amounts of bandwidth to the home in order to deliver
maximum choice and flexibility. In addition, the delivery of
live television and downloads to cellular telephones and other
mobile devices poses bandwidth and management problems.
Compression of video and data to utilize effectively the
available bandwidth, the cost-effective management and transport
of digital traffic within networks, and the construction of
robust fat pipes for distribution of content are all essential
elements to the ability of operators to maximize revenue and
minimize capital expenditures and operating costs.
5
Current Industry
Conditions
In recent years, the telecommunications industry has been
impacted by financial difficulties in both the service and
equipment sectors, including bankruptcies. Many of our domestic
and international customers accumulated significant levels of
debt and have undertaken reorganizations and financial
restructurings. In particular, Adelphia Communications, a major
domestic cable operator, declared bankruptcy in 2002. While we
believe that the financial condition of many of our customers
that underwent financial difficulties has now stabilized or
improved, it is likely that continuing industry restructuring
and consolidation will take place via mergers or spin-offs. For
example, in 2006 Adelphia Communications sold its cable systems
to Comcast and Time-Warner Cable, the largest U.S. MSOs.
Also, NTL and Telewest, the major cable operators in the U.K.,
completed their merger during 2006. A controlling stake in
DirecTV was sold in December 2006 to Liberty Media by News Corp.
Regulatory issues, financial concerns and business combinations
among our customers are likely to significantly affect the
industry, capital spending plans, and our business for the
foreseeable future.
PRODUCTS
Harmonics products generally fall into two principal
categories, video processing solutions and edge and access
products. In addition, we provide network management software
and have recently introduced and acquired new application
software products. Harmonic also provides technical support
services to its customers worldwide. Our video processing
solutions provide broadband operators with the ability to
acquire a variety of signals from different sources, in
different protocols, and to organize, manage and distribute this
content to maximize use of the available bandwidth. Our edge
products enable cable operators to deliver customized broadcast
or narrowcast on-demand services to their subscribers. Our
access products, which consist mainly of optical transmission
products, node platforms and return path products, allow cable
operators to deliver video, data and voice services over their
networks.
Video Processing
Products
DiviCom encoders. We offer a line of high
performance encoders, which provide compression of video, audio
and data signals. Using our sophisticated signal pre-processing,
noise reduction and encoding algorithms, these encoders produce
high-quality video and audio at low data transmission rates. Our
encoders are available in the standard and high definition
formats in both the MPEG-2 and the newer MPEG-4 video
compression standards. Compliance with these widely adopted
standards enables interoperability with products manufactured by
other companies, such as set-top boxes and conditional access
systems. Our recently introduced Electra 5400 encoder is a
modular encoder capable of providing four MPEG-4 standard
definition channels in both high and low resolution for
traditional broadcast television as well as for delivery to PCs
or mobile devices. Our MV500 and Electra 7000 encoders are
designed for encoding of high definition television signals in
MPEG-2 and MPEG-4, respectively. Our Electra 5000 and MV100
encoders are designed to function in both the MPEG-4 and MPEG-2
standards. Our Ion and Electra 1000 encoders are designed for
lower cost, higher density applications.
Statistical multiplexing solutions. We offer a
variety of solutions which enable our customers to efficiently
combine video streams generated by encoders into a single
transport stream at the required data rate. These channel
combinations, or pools can be in standard
definition, high definition, or a combination of both. An
important product for these applications is our DiviTrackIP
which enable operators to combine inputs from different physical
locations in a single multiplex.
Stream processing products. Our stream
processing products offer our customers a variety of
capabilities which enable them to manage and organize digital
streams in a format best suited to their particular delivery
requirements and subscriber offerings. Specific applications
include multiplexing, scrambling, re-encoding, rate-shaping and
splicing. Our products for these applications include ProStream
1000 and 2000, and our Broadcast Network Gateway, or BNG.
6
Decoders and descramblers. We provide
integrated receivers-decoders to allow service providers to
acquire content distributed from satellite and terrestrial
broadcasters for distribution to their subscribers. These
products are available in both standard and high definition
formats. The Pro Stream 1000 can also be used as a bulk
descrambler to enable operators to deliver up to 128 channels of
video and efficiently descramble the content at small or remote
headends.
Edge and Access
Products
Edge products. Our Narrowcast Services Gateway
family, or NSG, is a fully integrated edge gateway, which
integrates routing, multiplexing and modulation into a single
package for the delivery of VOD services to subscribers over
cable networks. The NSG is usually supplied with Gigabit
Ethernet inputs, allowing the cable operator to use bandwidth
efficiently by delivering IP signals from the headend to the
edge of the network for subsequent modulation onto the hybrid
fiber-coax (HFC) network. The most recent NSG product, the
high-density NSG 9000, may also be used in switched broadcast
applications as well as large-scale VOD deployments.
Transmitters and optical amplifiers. The
MAXLink transmitters and optical amplifiers operate at a
wavelength of 1550 nm and serve long-haul applications. The
MAXLink Plus further increases the channel capacity of cable and
other networks and can transmit over distances in excess of 200
kilometers. The PWRLink series provides optical transmission
primarily at a headend or hub for local distribution to optical
nodes and for narrowcasting, which is the transmission of
programming to a select set of subscribers. Our METROLink Dense
Wave Division Multiplexing (DWDM) system allows operators
to expand the capacity of a single strand of fiber and also to
provide narrowcast services directly from the headend to nodes.
This ability can significantly reduce the size of hubs and the
associated building and equipment maintenance costs.
Optical nodes and return path equipment. Our
family of PWRBlazer optical nodes supports network architectures
which meet the varying demands for bandwidth delivered to a
service area. By the addition of modules providing functions
such as return path transmission and DWDM, our configurable
nodes are easily segmented to handle increasing two-way traffic
over a fiber network without major reconstruction or replacement
of our customers networks. Our return path transmitters
support two-way transmission capabilities by sending video,
voice and data signals from the optical node back to the
headend. These transmitters are available for either analog or
digital transport.
IP transmission equipment. The FLXLink
Commercial Services solution allows an operator to leverage its
existing network by providing high-speed services on a
wavelength of a shared fiber to individual customers or to
multiple-dwelling units. This solution comprises data transport
capability at various speeds and network interface units to
connect to the subscribers internal wiring.
Software
Products
Management and control software. Our NMX
Digital Service Manager gives service providers the ability to
control and visually monitor their digital video infrastructure
at an aggregate level, rather than just discrete pieces of
hardware, reducing their operational costs. Our NETWatch
management system operates in broadband networks to capture
measurement data and our software enables the broadband service
operator to monitor and control the HFC transmission network
from a master headend or remote locations. Our NMX Digital
Service Manager and NETWatch software is designed to be
integrated into larger network management systems through the
use of simple network management protocol, or SNMP.
Application software. ClearCut software
provides operators with high-quality digital storage of
real-time broadcasts for on-demand services, and our ProStream
8000 solution allows operators to present on-screen
7
mosaics with several channels tiled within a single video
stream. Our recent acquisition of the video networking business
of Entone Technologies Inc. provides us with the Armada and
Streamliner products for the intelligent management of an
operators
video-on-demand
assets and the distribution of these assets to subscribers.
Technical
Services
We provide consulting, implementation and maintenance services
to our customers worldwide. We draw upon our expertise in
broadcast television, communications networking and compression
technology to design, integrate and install complete solutions
for our customers. We offer a broad range of services and
support including program management, budget analysis, technical
design and planning, parts inventory management, building and
site preparation, integration and equipment installation,
end-to-end
system testing, comprehensive training and ongoing maintenance.
Harmonic also has extensive experience in integrating our
products with numerous third-party products and services.
CUSTOMERS
We sell our products to a variety of broadband communications
companies. Set forth below is a representative list of our
significant end-user and integrator /distributor customers based
on net sales during 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
United
States
|
|
International
|
|
Cablevision Systems
|
|
Alcatel
|
|
Synergon
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charter Communications
|
|
Bell Express Vu
|
|
Telindus
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comcast
|
|
Capella
|
|
T-Systems/Deutsche Telekom
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cox Communications
|
|
C-Video Technology
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EchoStar
|
|
NTL
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tellabs/Verizon
|
|
Siemens
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Time Warner Cable
|
|
Sumitomo/BNMux
|
|
|
Historically, a majority of our sales have been to relatively
few customers, and due in part to the consolidation of ownership
of cable television and direct broadcast satellite systems, we
expect this customer concentration to continue in the
foreseeable future. Net sales to our ten largest customers in
2006, 2005 and 2004 accounted for approximately 50%, 54% and 55%
of net sales, respectively. In 2006, 2005 and 2004 Comcast
accounted for 12%, 18% and 17% of net sales, respectively.
Although we are attempting to broaden our customer base by
penetrating new markets such as the telco and broadcast markets,
and expanding internationally, we expect to see continuing
industry consolidation and customer concentration due in part to
the significant capital costs of constructing broadband
networks. See Risk Factors Our Customer Base
Is Concentrated And The Loss Of One Or More Of Our Key
Customers, Or A Failure to Diversify Our Customer Base, Could
Harm Our Business.
Sales to customers outside of the U.S. in 2006, 2005 and
2004 represented 49%, 40%, and 42% of net sales, respectively.
We expect international sales to continue to account for a
substantial portion of our net sales for the foreseeable future.
International sales are subject to a number of risks, including
changes in foreign government regulations and telecommunications
standards, import and export license requirements, tariffs,
taxes and other trade barriers, fluctuations in foreign currency
exchange rates, difficulty in collecting accounts receivable,
difficulty in staffing and managing foreign operations,
difficulty in managing distributor relations and political and
economic instability. In addition, certain of our customers have
accumulated significant levels of debt and have announced or
completed reorganizations and financial restructurings,
including bankruptcy filings; others have announced plans to
merge, or have recently completed mergers. Furthermore,
additional international markets may not develop and we may not
receive future orders to supply our products in international
markets at
8
rates equal to or greater than those experienced in recent
periods. See Risk Factors - We Depend On Our International
Sales And Are Subject To The Risks Associated With International
Operations, Which May Negatively Affect Our Operating
Results.
SALES AND
MARKETING
In the U.S. we sell our products principally through our
own direct sales force which is organized geographically and by
major customer and market to support customer requirements. We
sell to international customers through our own direct sales
force as well as independent distributors and integrators.
Principal sales offices outside of the U.S. are located in
the United Kingdom, France, and China. International
distributors are generally responsible for importing the
products and providing certain installation, technical support
and other services to customers in their territory. Our direct
sales force and distributors are supported by a highly trained
technical staff, which includes application engineers who work
closely with operators to develop technical proposals and design
systems to optimize system performance and economic benefits to
operators. Technical support provides a customized set of
services, as required, for ongoing maintenance,
support-on-demand
and training for our customers and distributors both in our
facilities and
on-site.
Our marketing organization develops strategies for product lines
and market segments, and, in conjunction with our sales force,
identifies the evolving technical and application needs of
customers so that our product development resources can be most
effectively and efficiently deployed to meet anticipated product
requirements. Our marketing organization is also responsible for
setting price levels, demand forecasting and general support of
the sales force, particularly at major accounts. We have many
programs in place to heighten industry awareness of Harmonic and
our products, including participation in technical conferences,
publication of articles in industry journals and exhibitions at
trade shows.
MANUFACTURING AND
SUPPLIERS
We use third party contract manufacturers extensively to
assemble full turnkey products and a substantial majority of
subassemblies and modules for our products. Our increasing
reliance on subcontractors involves several risks, and we may
not be able to obtain an adequate supply of components,
subassemblies, modules and turnkey systems on a timely basis. In
2003, we entered into an agreement with Plexus Services Corp. as
our primary contract manufacturer. Difficulties in managing
relationships with contract manufacturers could impede our
ability to meet our customers requirements and adversely
affect our operating results. See Risk Factors
We Purchase Several Key Components, Subassemblies And Modules
Used In The Manufacture Or Integration Of Our Products From Sole
Or Limited Sources, And We Are Increasingly Dependent On
Contract Manufacturers.
Our manufacturing operations consist primarily of final assembly
and testing of fiber optic systems. These processes are
performed by highly trained personnel employing technologically
advanced electronic equipment and proprietary test programs. The
manufacturing of our products and subassemblies is a complex
process and we cannot be sure that we will not experience
production problems or manufacturing delays in the future.
Because we utilize our own manufacturing facilities for the
final assembly and test of our fiber optic systems, and because
such manufacturing capabilities are not readily available from
third parties, any interruption in our manufacturing operations
could materially and adversely affect our business, operating
results, financial position or cash flows.
Many components, subassemblies and modules necessary for the
manufacture or integration of our products are obtained from a
sole supplier or a limited group of suppliers. For example, we
are dependent on a small private company for certain video
encoding chips which are incorporated into several new products.
Our reliance on sole or limited suppliers, particularly foreign
suppliers, involves several risks, including a potential
inability to obtain an adequate supply of required components,
subassemblies or modules and reduced control over pricing,
quality and timely delivery of components, subassemblies or
modules. In particular, certain components have in the past been
in short supply and are available only from a small number of
suppliers, including sole source suppliers.
9
While we expend considerable efforts to qualify additional
component sources, consolidation of suppliers in the industry
and the small number of viable alternatives have limited the
results of these efforts. We do not generally maintain long-term
agreements with any of our suppliers, although the agreement
with Plexus was for a term of three years ending in late 2006
and has been renewed until October 2007. Managing our supplier
relationships is particularly difficult during time periods in
which we introduce new products and during time periods in which
demand for our products is increasing, especially if demand
increases more quickly than we expect. An inability to obtain
adequate deliveries or any other circumstance that would require
us to seek alternative sources of supply could affect our
ability to ship our products on a timely basis, which could
damage relationships with current and prospective customers and
harm our business. We attempt to limit this risk by maintaining
safety stocks of certain components, subassemblies and modules.
As a result of this investment in inventories, we have in the
past and in the future may be subject to risk of excess and
obsolete inventories, which could harm our business, operating
results, financial position or cash flows.
INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY
We currently hold 38 issued U.S. patents and 19 issued
foreign patents, and have a number of patent applications
pending. Although we attempt to protect our intellectual
property rights through patents, trademarks, copyrights,
licensing arrangements, maintaining certain technology as trade
secrets and other measures, we cannot assure you that any
patent, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property
rights owned by us will not be invalidated, circumvented or
challenged, that such intellectual property rights will provide
competitive advantages to us or that any of our pending or
future patent applications will be issued with the scope of the
claims sought by us, if at all. We cannot assure you that others
will not develop technologies that are similar or superior to
our technology, duplicate our technology or design around the
patents that we own. In addition, effective patent, copyright
and trade secret protection may be unavailable or limited in
certain foreign countries in which we do business or may do
business in the future.
We believe that patents and patent applications are not
currently significant to our business, and investors therefore
should not rely on our patent portfolio to give us a competitive
advantage over others in our industry. We believe that the
future success of our business will depend on our ability to
translate the technological expertise and innovation of our
personnel into new and enhanced products. We generally enter
into confidentiality or license agreements with our employees,
consultants, vendors and customers as needed, and generally
limit access to and distribution of our proprietary information.
Nevertheless, we cannot assure you that the steps taken by us
will prevent misappropriation of our technology. In addition, we
have taken in the past, and may take in the future, legal action
to enforce our patents and other intellectual property rights,
to protect our trade secrets, to determine the validity and
scope of the proprietary rights of others, or to defend against
claims of infringement or invalidity. Such litigation could
result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could
negatively affect our business, operating results, financial
position or cash flows.
In order to successfully develop and market certain of our
planned products for digital applications, we may be required to
enter into technology development or licensing agreements with
third parties. Although many companies are often willing to
enter into such technology development or licensing agreements,
we cannot assure you that such agreements will be negotiated on
terms acceptable to us, or at all. The failure to enter into
technology development or licensing agreements, when necessary,
could limit our ability to develop and market new products and
could cause our business to suffer.
Harmonics industry is characterized by the existence of a
large number of patents and frequent claims and related
litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property
rights. In particular, leading companies in the
telecommunications industry have extensive patent portfolios.
From time to time, third parties, including certain of these
leading companies, have asserted and may assert exclusive
patent, copyright, trademark and other intellectual property
rights against us or our customers. There can be no assurance
that the terms of any offered license would be acceptable to our
customers or that failure to obtain a license or the costs
associated with any license would not cause our business,
operating results, financial position or cash flows to be
materially adversely
10
affected. Also, you should read Risk Factors
We Are The Subject Of Securities Class Action Claims And
Other Litigation Which, If Adversely Determined, Could Harm Our
Business And Operating Results for a description of the
claim against us by Stanford University and Litton Systems.
BACKLOG
We schedule production of our systems based upon our backlog,
open contracts, informal commitments from customers and sales
projections. Our backlog consists of firm purchase orders by
customers for delivery within the next twelve months as well as
deferred revenue which is expected to be recognized within the
next twelve months. At December 31, 2006, backlog,
including deferred revenue, amounted to $70.8 million,
compared to $35.2 million at December 31, 2005. The
increase in backlog at December 31, 2006 from
December 31, 2005 was due principally to an increased
number of projects, timing of the completion or acceptance of
projects and installations that were in process or substantially
complete and an increase in orders received for which product
shipment has not been made. Anticipated orders from customers
may fail to materialize and delivery schedules may be deferred
or canceled for a number of reasons, including reductions in
capital spending by cable, satellite and other operators or
changes in specific customer requirements. In addition, due to
weather-related seasonal factors and annual capital spending
budget cycles at many major end-users, our backlog at
December 31, 2006, or any other date, is not necessarily
indicative of actual sales for any succeeding period.
COMPETITION
The markets for fiber optics systems and digital video systems
are extremely competitive and have been characterized by rapid
technological change and declining average selling prices. The
principal competitive factors in these markets include product
performance, reliability, price, breadth of product offerings,
network management capabilities, sales and distribution
capabilities, technical support and service, and relationships
with network operators. We believe that we compete favorably in
many of these categories. Harmonics competitors in the
fiber optics systems business include corporations such as
Motorola, Cisco Systems and C-COR. In the digital video systems
business, we compete broadly with vertically integrated system
suppliers including Motorola, Cisco Systems, Tandberg Television
and Thomson Multimedia, and in certain product lines with a
number of smaller companies. In February 2007, Ericsson launched
a bid for Tandberg Television which the Tandberg board
subsequently recommended to its shareholders.
Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have
greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than
Harmonic. Many of these large organizations are in a better
position to withstand any significant reduction in capital
spending by customers in these markets. They often have broader
product lines and market focus and will therefore not be as
susceptible to downturns in a particular market. In addition,
many of our competitors have been in operation longer than we
have and therefore have more long-standing and established
relationships with domestic and foreign customers. We may not be
able to compete successfully in the future and competition may
harm our business, operating results, financial position or cash
flows.
If any of our competitors products or technologies were to
become the industry standard, our business could be seriously
harmed. In addition, companies that have historically not had a
large presence in the broadband communications equipment market
have expanded their market presence through mergers and
acquisitions. Further, our competitors may bundle their products
or incorporate functionality into existing products in a manner
that discourages users from purchasing our products or which may
require us to lower our selling prices, which could result in
lower gross margins.
11
RESEARCH AND
DEVELOPMENT
We have historically devoted a significant amount of our
resources to research and development. Research and development
expenses in 2006, 2005 and 2004 were $39.5 million,
$38.2 million and $35.6 million, respectively.
Our research and development program is primarily focused on
developing new products and systems, and adding new features to
existing products and systems. Our development strategy is to
identify features, products and systems for both software and
hardware that are, or expected to be, needed by our customers.
Our current research and development efforts are focused heavily
on the newer video compression standard, MPEG4 or AVC. We also
devote significant resources to products for MPEG over Internet
Protocol (IP), VOD and switched broadcast, stream processing and
stream management software. Other research and development
efforts are focused in broadband optical products that enable
the transmission of video over fiber optic networks.
Our success in designing, developing, manufacturing and selling
new or enhanced products will depend on a variety of factors,
including the identification of market demand for new products,
product selection, timely implementation of product design and
development, product performance, effective manufacturing and
assembly processes and sales and marketing. Because of the
complexity inherent in such research and development efforts, we
cannot assure you that we will successfully develop new
products, or that new products developed by us will achieve
market acceptance. Our failure to successfully develop and
introduce new products could harm our business and operating
results.
EMPLOYEES
As of December 31, 2006, we employed a total of
639 people, including 217 in sales, service and marketing,
217 in research and development, 119 in manufacturing operations
and 86 in a general and administrative capacity. There were 435
employees in the U.S. and 204 employees in foreign countries who
are located in the Middle East, Europe and Asia. We also employ
a number of temporary employees and consultants on a contract
basis. In connection with the acquisition of the video
networking software business of Entone Technologies, Inc., or
Entone, in December 2006 our workforce increased by 43 with most
of the new employees being in research and development. None of
our employees is represented by a labor union with respect to
his or her employment by Harmonic. We have not experienced any
work stoppages and we consider our relations with our employees
to be good. Our future success will depend, in part, upon our
ability to attract and retain qualified personnel. Competition
for qualified personnel in the broadband communications industry
and in our immediate geographic area remains strong, and we
cannot assure you that we will be successful in retaining our
key employees or that we will be able to attract skilled
personnel in the future.
Executive
Officers of Registrant
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the
executive officers of Harmonic and their ages as of
March 1, 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
|
Patrick J. Harshman
|
|
42
|
|
President & Chief
Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robin N. Dickson
|
|
59
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charles J. Bonasera
|
|
49
|
|
Vice President, Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
Neven Haltmayer
|
|
42
|
|
Vice President, Research and
Development
|
12
Patrick J. Harshman joined Harmonic in 1993 and was appointed
President and Chief Executive Officer in May 2006. In December
2005, he was appointed Executive Vice President responsible for
the majority of the Companys operational functions,
including the unified digital video and broadband optical
networking divisions as well as global manufacturing. Prior to
the consolidation of the Companys product divisions,
Dr. Harshman held the position of President of the
Convergent Systems division and, for more than four years, was
President of the Broadband Access Networks division. Prior to
this, Dr. Harshman held key leadership positions in
marketing, international sales, and research and development.
Dr. Harshman earned a Ph.D. in Electrical Engineering from
the University of California, Berkeley and completed an
Executive Management Program at Stanford University.
Robin N. Dickson joined Harmonic in April 1992 as Chief
Financial Officer. From 1989 to March 1992, Mr. Dickson was
corporate controller of Vitelic Corporation, a semiconductor
manufacturer. From 1976 to 1989, Mr. Dickson held various
positions at Raychem Corporation, a materials science company,
including regional financial officer of the Asia-Pacific
Division of the International Group. Mr. Dickson holds a
Bachelor of Laws from the University of Edinburgh and is a
member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Scotland.
Charles J. Bonasera joined Harmonic in November 2006 as Vice
President, Operations. From 2005 to 2006, he was Senior
Director-Global Sourcing at Solectron, a leading global provider
of electronics manufacturing services and supply chain
solutions. From 1999 to 2005, Mr. Bonasera held various key
positions in outsourcing strategies, commodity management,
supply management and supply chain development at Sun
Microsystems.
Neven Haltmayer joined Harmonic in December of 2002 and was
appointed Vice President, Research and Development in November
2005. Prior to November 2005, Mr. Haltmayer was Director of
Engineering of Compression Systems and managed the development
of Harmonics MPEG-2 and MPEG-4 encoder and DiviCom Electra
product lines. Between May 2001 to 2002, Mr. Haltmayer held
various key positions including Vice President of Engineering
and was responsible for system integration and development of
STB middleware and interactive applications while at Canal Plus
Technologies. Mr. Haltmayer earned a degree of Bachelor of
Science in Electrical Engineering from the University of Zagreb,
Croatia.
Available
Information
Harmonic makes available free of charge on the Harmonic website
the Companys annual report on
Form 10-K,
quarterly reports on
Form 10-Q,
current reports on
Form 8-K,
and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as
reasonably practicable after Harmonic files such material with,
or furnishes it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. The
address of the Harmonic website is http:// www.harmonicinc.com.
In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet site
(http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy statements and
other information that issuers file electronically.
Item 1 A.
Risk Factors
We Depend On Cable, Satellite And Telecom Industry Capital
Spending For A Substantial Portion Of Our Revenue And Any
Decrease Or Delay In Capital Spending In These Industries Would
Negatively Impact Our Resources, Operating Results And Financial
Condition And Cash Flows.
A significant portion of Harmonics sales are derived from
sales to cable television, satellite and telecommunications
operators, and we expect these sales to constitute a significant
portion of net sales for the foreseeable future. Demand for our
products will depend on the magnitude and timing of capital
spending by cable television operators, satellite operators,
telephone companies and broadcasters for constructing and
upgrading their systems.
13
These capital spending patterns are dependent on a variety of
factors, including:
|
|
|
|
n
|
access to financing;
|
|
|
n
|
annual budget cycles;
|
|
|
n
|
the impact of industry consolidation;
|
|
|
n
|
the status of federal, local and foreign government regulation
of telecommunications and television broadcasting;
|
|
|
n
|
overall demand for communication services and the acceptance of
new video, voice and data services;
|
|
|
n
|
evolving industry standards and network architectures;
|
|
|
n
|
competitive pressures, including pricing pressures;
|
|
|
n
|
discretionary customer spending patterns; and
|
|
|
n
|
general economic conditions.
|
In the past, specific factors contributing to reduced capital
spending have included:
|
|
|
|
n
|
uncertainty related to development of digital video industry
standards;
|
|
|
n
|
delays associated with the evaluation of new services, new
standards, and system architectures by many operators;
|
|
|
n
|
emphasis on generating revenue from existing customers by
operators instead of new construction or network upgrades;
|
|
|
n
|
a reduction in the amount of capital available to finance
projects of our customers and potential customers;
|
|
|
n
|
proposed and completed business combinations and divestitures by
our customers and regulatory review thereof;
|
|
|
n
|
economic and financial conditions in domestic and international
markets; and
|
|
|
n
|
bankruptcies and financial restructuring of major customers.
|
The financial difficulties of certain of our customers and
changes in our customers deployment plans adversely
affected our business in recent years. An economic downturn or
other factors could also cause additional financial difficulties
among our customers, and customers whose financial condition has
stabilized may not purchase new equipment at levels we have seen
in the past. Financial difficulties among our customers would
adversely affect
14
our operating results and financial condition. In addition,
industry consolidation has, in the past and may in the future,
constrain capital spending among our customers. As a result, we
cannot assure you that we will maintain or increase our net
sales in the future.
If our product portfolio and product development plans do not
position us well to capture an increased portion of the capital
spending of U.S. cable operators and other major customers,
our revenue may decline and our operating results would be
adversely affected.
Our Customer Base
Is Concentrated And The Loss Of One Or More Of Our Key
Customers, Or A Failure To Diversify Our Customer Base, Could
Harm Our Business.
Historically, a majority of our sales have been to relatively
few customers, and due in part to the consolidation of ownership
of cable television and direct broadcast satellite systems, we
expect this customer concentration to continue in the
foreseeable future. Sales to our ten largest customers in 2006,
2005 and 2004 accounted for approximately 50%, 54% and 55% of
net sales, respectively. Although we are attempting to broaden
our customer base by penetrating new markets such as the
telecommunications and broadcast markets and expand
internationally, we expect to see continuing industry
consolidation and customer concentration due in part to the
significant capital costs of constructing broadband networks.
For example, Comcast acquired AT&T Broadband in 2002,
thereby creating the largest U.S. cable operator, reaching
approximately 22 million subscribers. The sale of Adelphia
Communications cable systems to Comcast and TimeWarner has
led to further industry consolidation. NTL and Telewest, the two
largest cable operators in the UK, completed their merger in
2006. In the DBS market, The News Corporation Ltd. acquired an
indirect controlling interest in Hughes Electronics, the parent
company of DIRECTV in 2003. News Corporation subsequently sold
its interest in DirecTV to Liberty Media in December 2006. In
the telco market, AT&T recently completed its acquisition of
Bell South.
In 2006, 2005 and 2004, sales to Comcast accounted for 12%, 18%
and 17%, respectively, of net sales. The loss of Comcast or any
other significant customer or any reduction in orders by Comcast
or any significant customer, or our failure to qualify our
products with a significant customer could adversely affect our
business, operating results and liquidity. In this regard, sales
to Comcast declined in 2006 compared to 2005, both in absolute
dollars and as a percentage of revenues. Furthermore, in the
third and fourth quarters of 2005, sales to a distributor for a
major telco accounted for 13% of net sales. However, we have not
made significant shipments to this telco after the second
quarter of 2006, and we do not expect to make continuing
significant shipments to this customer after 2006. The loss of,
or any reduction in orders from, a significant customer would
harm our business.
In addition, historically we have been dependent upon capital
spending in the cable and satellite industry. We are attempting
to diversify our customer base beyond cable and satellite
customers, principally into the telco market. Major telcos have
begun to implement plans to rebuild or upgrade their networks to
offer bundled video, voice and data services. While we have
recently increased our revenue from telco customers, we are
relatively new to this market. In order to be successful in this
market, we may need to build alliances with telco equipment
manufacturers, adapt our products for telco applications, take
orders at prices resulting in lower margins, and build internal
expertise to handle the particular contractual and technical
demands of the telco industry. In addition, telco video
deployments are subject to delays in completion, as video
processing technologies and video business models are new to
most telcos and many of their largest suppliers. Implementation
issues with our products or those of other vendors have caused,
and may continue to cause delays in project completion for our
customers and delay the recognition of revenue by Harmonic. As a
result of these and other factors, we cannot assure you that we
will be able to increase our revenues from the telco market, or
that we can do so profitably, and any failure to increase
revenues and profits from telco customers could adversely affect
our business.
15
Our Operating
Results Are Likely To Fluctuate Significantly And May Fail To
Meet Or Exceed The Expectations Of Securities Analysts Or
Investors, Causing Our Stock Price To Decline.
Our operating results have fluctuated in the past and are likely
to continue to fluctuate in the future, on an annual and a
quarterly basis, as a result of several factors, many of which
are outside of our control. Some of the factors that may cause
these fluctuations include:
|
|
|
|
n
|
the level and timing of capital spending of our customers, both
in the U.S. and in foreign markets;
|
|
|
n
|
changes in market demand;
|
|
|
n
|
the timing and amount of orders, especially from significant
customers;
|
|
|
n
|
the timing of revenue recognition from solution contracts which
may span several quarters;
|
|
|
n
|
the timing of revenue recognition on sales arrangements which
may include multiple deliverables;
|
|
|
n
|
the timing of completion of projects;
|
|
|
n
|
the need to replace revenue from shipments to a distributor for
a major telco, which we do not expect to continue at the same
level of revenue in 2007 compared to 2006;
|
|
|
n
|
competitive market conditions, including pricing actions by our
competitors;
|
|
|
n
|
seasonality, with fewer construction and upgrade projects
typically occurring in winter months and otherwise being
affected by inclement weather;
|
|
|
n
|
our unpredictable sales cycles;
|
|
|
n
|
the amount and timing of sales to telcos, which are particularly
difficult to predict;
|
|
|
n
|
new product introductions by our competitors or by us;
|
|
|
n
|
changes in domestic and international regulatory environments;
|
|
|
n
|
market acceptance of new or existing products;
|
|
|
n
|
the cost and availability of components, subassemblies and
modules;
|
|
|
n
|
the mix of our customer base and sales channels;
|
|
|
n
|
the mix of products sold and the effect it has on gross margins;
|
|
|
n
|
changes in our operating expenses and extraordinary expenses;
|
16
|
|
|
|
n
|
the impact of SFAS 123(R), a recently adopted accounting
standard which requires us to expense stock options;
|
|
|
n
|
our development of custom products and software;
|
|
|
n
|
the level of international sales; and
|
|
|
n
|
economic and financial conditions specific to the cable,
satellite and telco industries, and general economic conditions.
|
The timing of deployment of our equipment can be subject to a
number of other risks, including the availability of skilled
engineering and technical personnel, the availability of other
equipment such as compatible set top boxes, and our
customers need for national or local franchise and
licensing approvals.
In addition, we often recognize a substantial portion of our
revenues in the last month of the quarter. We establish our
expenditure levels for product development and other operating
expenses based on projected sales levels, and expenses are
relatively fixed in the short term. Accordingly, variations in
the mix of products sold and the timing of sales can cause
significant fluctuations in operating results. As a result of
all these factors, our operating results in one or more future
periods may fail to meet or exceed the expectations of
securities analysts or investors. In that event, the trading
price of our common stock would likely decline. In this regard,
due to a decrease in gross profit percentage in 2005, and lower
than expected sales during the first and second quarters of
2006, we failed to meet our internal expectations, as well as
the expectations of securities analysts and investors, and the
price of our common stock declined, in some cases significantly.
Our Future Growth
Depends On Market Acceptance Of Several Emerging Broadband
Services, On The Adoption of New Broadband Technologies And On
Several Other Broadband Industry Trends.
Future demand for our products will depend significantly on the
growing market acceptance of several emerging broadband
services, including digital video; VOD; HDTV; mobile video
services, very high-speed data services and
voice-over-IP
(VoIP) telephony.
The effective delivery of these services will depend, in part,
on a variety of new network architectures and standards, such as:
|
|
|
|
n
|
new video compression standards such as MPEG-4/H.264 for both
standard definition and high definition services;
|
|
|
n
|
FTTP and DSL networks designed to facilitate the delivery of
video services by telcos;
|
|
|
n
|
the greater use of protocols such as IP; and
|
|
|
n
|
the introduction of new consumer devices, such as advanced
set-top boxes and personal video recorders (PVRs).
|
If adoption of these emerging services
and/or
technologies is not as widespread or as rapid as we expect, or
if we are unable to develop new products based on these
technologies on a timely basis, our net sales growth will be
materially and adversely affected.
17
Furthermore, other technological, industry and regulatory trends
will affect the growth of our business. These trends include the
following:
|
|
|
|
n
|
convergence, or the desire of certain network operators to
deliver a package of video, voice and data services to
consumers, also known as the triple play;
|
|
|
n
|
the entry of telcos into the video business to allow them to
offer the triple play;
|
|
|
n
|
growth in HDTV, on-demand services and mobile video;
|
|
|
n
|
the use of digital video by businesses, governments and
educators;
|
|
|
n
|
efforts by regulators and governments in the U.S. and abroad to
encourage the adoption of broadband and digital
technologies; and
|
|
|
n
|
the extent and nature of regulatory attitudes towards such
issues as competition between operators, access by third parties
to networks of other operators, local franchising requirements
for telcos to offer video, and new services such as VoIP.
|
If, for instance, operators do not pursue the triple
play as aggressively as we expect, our net sales growth
would be materially and adversely affected. Similarly, if our
expectations regarding these and other trends are not met, our
net sales may be materially and adversely affected.
We Need To
Develop And Introduce New And Enhanced Products In A Timely
Manner To Remain Competitive.
Broadband communications markets are characterized by continuing
technological advancement, changes in customer requirements and
evolving industry standards. To compete successfully, we must
design, develop, manufacture and sell new or enhanced products
that provide increasingly higher levels of performance and
reliability. However, we may not be able to successfully develop
or introduce these products if our products:
|
|
|
|
n
|
are not cost effective;
|
|
|
n
|
are not brought to market in a timely manner;
|
|
|
n
|
are not in accordance with evolving industry standards and
architectures;
|
|
|
n
|
fail to achieve market acceptance; or
|
|
|
n
|
are ahead of the market.
|
We are currently developing and marketing products based on new
video compression standards. Encoding products based on the
MPEG-2 compression standards have represented a significant
portion of the Companys sales since the acquisition of
DiviCom in 2000. New standards, such as MPEG-4/H.264 have been
adopted which provide significantly greater compression
efficiency, thereby making more bandwidth available to
operators. The availability of more bandwidth is particularly
important to those DBS and telco operators seeking to launch, or
expand, HDTV services. Harmonic has developed and launched
products, including HD encoders, based on these
18
new standards in order to remain competitive and is devoting
considerable resources to this effort. There can be no assurance
that these efforts will be successful in the near future, or at
all, or that competitors will not take significant market share
in HD encoding. At the same time, Harmonic needs to devote
development resources to the existing MPEG-2 product line which
its cable customers continue to require.
Also, to successfully develop and market certain of our planned
products for digital applications, we may be required to enter
into technology development or licensing agreements with third
parties. We cannot assure you that we will be able to enter into
any necessary technology development or licensing agreement on
terms acceptable to us, or at all. The failure to enter into
technology development or licensing agreements when necessary
could limit our ability to develop and market new products and,
accordingly, could materially and adversely affect our business
and operating results.
Broadband
Communications Markets Are Characterized By Rapid Technological
Change.
Broadband communications markets are relatively immature, making
it difficult to accurately predict the markets future
growth rates, sizes or technological directions. In view of the
evolving nature of these markets, it is possible that cable
television operators, telephone companies or other suppliers of
broadband wireless and satellite services will decide to adopt
alternative architectures or technologies that are incompatible
with our current or future products. Also, decisions by
customers to adopt new technologies or products are often
delayed by extensive evaluation and qualification processes and
can result in delays in sales of current products. If we are
unable to design, develop, manufacture and sell products that
incorporate or are compatible with these new architectures or
technologies, our business will suffer.
The Markets In
Which We Operate Are Intensely Competitive And Many Of Our
Competitors Are Larger And More Established.
The markets for fiber optics systems and digital video systems
are extremely competitive and have been characterized by rapid
technological change and declining average selling prices.
Pressure on average selling prices was particularly severe
during the most recent economic downturn as equipment suppliers
competed aggressively for customers reduced capital
spending. Harmonics competitors for fiber optic products
include corporations such as Motorola, Cisco Systems and C-COR.
In our digital and video broadcasting products, we compete
broadly with products from vertically integrated system
suppliers including Motorola, Cisco Systems, Tandberg Television
and Thomson Multimedia, and in certain product lines with a
number of smaller companies. In February 2007, Ericsson launched
a bid for Tandberg Television which the Tandberg board
subsequently recommended to its shareholders.
Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have
greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than
Harmonic. Many of these large organizations are in a better
position to withstand any significant reduction in capital
spending by customers in these markets. They often have broader
product lines and market focus and may not be as susceptible to
downturns in a particular market. In addition, many of our
competitors have been in operation longer than we have and
therefore have more long-standing and established relationships
with domestic and foreign customers. We may not be able to
compete successfully in the future, which may harm our business.
If any of our competitors products or technologies were to
become the industry standard, our business could be seriously
harmed. For example, new standards for video compression are
being introduced and products based on these standards are being
developed by Harmonic and certain competitors. If our
competitors are successful in bringing these products to market
earlier, or if these products are more technologically capable
than ours, then our sales could be materially and adversely
affected. In addition, companies that have historically not had
a large presence in the broadband communications equipment
market have begun recently to expand their market share through
mergers and acquisitions. The continued consolidation of our
competitors could have a significant
19
negative impact on us. Further, our competitors, particularly
competitors of our digital and video broadcasting systems
business, may bundle their products or incorporate functionality
into existing products in a manner that discourages users from
purchasing our products or which may require us to lower our
selling prices resulting in lower gross margins.
If Sales Forecasted For A Particular Period Are Not Realized
In That Period Due To The Unpredictable Sales Cycles Of Our
Products, Our Operating Results For That Period Will Be
Harmed.
The sales cycles of many of our products, particularly our newer
products and products sold internationally, are typically
unpredictable and usually involve:
|
|
|
|
n
|
a significant technical evaluation;
|
|
|
n
|
a commitment of capital and other resources by cable, satellite,
and other network operators;
|
|
|
n
|
time required to engineer the deployment of new technologies or
new broadband services;
|
|
|
n
|
testing and acceptance of new technologies that affect key
operations; and
|
|
|
n
|
test marketing of new services with subscribers.
|
For these and other reasons, our sales cycles generally last
three to nine months, but can last up to 12 months. If
orders forecasted for a specific customer for a particular
quarter do not occur in that quarter, our operating results for
that quarter could be substantially lower than anticipated. In
this regard, our sales cycles with our current and potential
satellite and telco customers are particularly unpredictable.
Orders may include multiple elements, the timing of delivery of
which may impact the timing of revenue recognition.
Additionally, our sales arrangements may include testing and
acceptance of new technologies and the timing of completion of
acceptance testing is difficult to predict and impact the timing
of revenue recognition. Quarterly and annual results may
fluctuate significantly due to revenue recognition policies and
the timing of the receipt of orders. For example, revenue from
two significant customer orders in the third quarter of 2004 was
delayed due to these factors until the fourth quarter of 2004,
and delays in the completion of certain projects underway with
our international telco customers in the second quarter of 2006
resulted in lower revenue.
In addition, a significant portion of our revenue is derived
from solution sales that principally consist of and include the
system design, manufacture, test, installation and integration
of equipment to the specifications of Harmonics customers,
including equipment acquired from third parties to be integrated
with Harmonics products. Revenue forecasts for solution
contracts are based on the estimated timing of the system
design, installation and integration of projects. Because the
solution contracts generally span several quarters and revenue
recognition is based on progress under the contract, the timing
of revenue is difficult to predict and could result in lower
than expected revenue in any particular quarter.
We Face Risks
Associated With Having Important Facilities And Resources
Located In Israel.
Harmonic maintains a facility in Caesarea in the State of Israel
with a total of 69 employees as of December 31, 2006, or
approximately 11% of our workforce. The employees at this
facility consist principally of research and development
personnel involved in development of certain digital video
products. In addition, we have pilot production capabilities at
this facility consisting of procurement of subassemblies and
modules from Israeli subcontractors and final assembly and test
operations. Accordingly, we are directly influenced by the
political, economic and military conditions affecting Israel.
Any recurrence of the recent conflict in Israel and Lebanon
20
could have a direct effect on our business or that of our
Israeli subcontractors, in the form of physical damage or
injury, reluctance to travel within or to Israel by our Israeli
and foreign employees, or the loss of employees to active
military duty. Most of our employees in Israel are currently
obligated to perform annual reserve duty in the Israel Defense
Forces and several have been called for active military duty
recently. In the event that more employees are called to active
duty, certain of our research and development activities may be
adversely affected and significantly delayed. In addition, the
interruption or curtailment of trade between Israel and its
trading partners could significantly harm our business.
Terrorist attacks and hostilities within Israel, the hostilities
between Israel and Hezbollah and the election of Hamas
representatives to a majority of the seats in the Palestinian
Legislative Council have also heightened these risks. We cannot
assure you that current tensions in the Middle East will not
adversely affect our business and results of operations, and we
cannot predict the effect of events in Israel on Harmonic in the
future.
We Depend On Our
International Sales And Are Subject To The Risks Associated With
International Operations, Which May Negatively Affect Our
Operating Results.
Sales to customers outside of the U.S. in 2006, 2005 and
2004 represented 49%, 40% and 42% of net sales, respectively,
and we expect that international sales will continue to
represent a meaningful portion of our net sales for the
foreseeable future. Furthermore, a substantial portion of our
contract manufacturing occurs overseas. Our international
operations, the international operations of our contract
manufacturers, and our efforts to increase sales in
international markets, are subject to a number of risks,
including:
|
|
|
|
n
|
changes in foreign government regulations and telecommunications
standards;
|
|
|
n
|
import and export license requirements, tariffs and other trade
barriers;
|
|
|
n
|
fluctuations in currency exchange rates;
|
|
|
n
|
difficulty in collecting accounts receivable;
|
|
|
n
|
potential tax issues;
|
|
|
n
|
the burden of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws,
treaties and technical standards;
|
|
|
n
|
difficulty in staffing and managing foreign operations;
|
|
|
n
|
political and economic instability; and
|
|
|
n
|
changes in economic policies by foreign governments.
|
Certain of our international customers have accumulated
significant levels of debt and have announced during the past
several years reorganizations and financial restructurings,
including bankruptcy filings. Even if these restructurings are
completed, we cannot assure you that these customers will be in
a position to purchase new equipment at levels we have seen in
the past.
While our international sales and operating expenses have
typically been denominated in U.S. dollars, fluctuations in
currency exchange rates could cause our products to become
relatively more expensive to customers in a particular country,
leading to a reduction in sales or profitability in that
country. A significant portion of our European business is
denominated in Euros, which may subject us to increased foreign
currency
21
risk. Gains and losses on the conversion to U.S. dollars of
accounts receivable, accounts payable and other monetary assets
and liabilities arising from international operations may
contribute to fluctuations in operating results.
Furthermore, payment cycles for international customers are
typically longer than those for
customers in the U.S. Unpredictable sales cycles could
cause us to fail to meet or exceed the expectations of security
analysts and investors for any given period. In addition,
foreign markets may not develop in the future. Any or all of
these factors could adversely impact our business and results of
operations.
Changes In
Telecommunications Legislation And Regulations Could Harm Our
Prospects And Future Sales.
Changes in telecommunications legislation and regulations in the
U.S. and other countries could affect the sales of our products.
In particular, regulations dealing with access by competitors to
the networks of incumbent operators could slow or stop
additional construction or expansion by these operators. Local
franchising and licensing requirements may slow the entry of
telcos into the video business. Increased regulation of our
customers pricing or service offerings could limit their
investments and consequently the sales of our products. Changes
in regulations could have a material adverse effect on our
business, operating results, and financial condition.
Competition For
Qualified Personnel, Particularly Management Personnel, Can Be
Intense. In Order To Manage Our Growth, We Must Be Successful In
Addressing Management Succession Issues And Attracting And
Retaining Qualified Personnel.
Our future success will depend, to a significant extent, on the
ability of our management to operate effectively, both
individually and as a group. We must successfully manage
transition and replacement issues that may result from the
departure or retirement of members of our senior management. For
example, in May 2006 we announced that our then Chairman,
President and Chief Executive Officer, Anthony J. Ley, had
retired from his position as President and Chief Executive
Officer effective immediately, and that he was being succeeded
by our then Executive Vice President, Patrick J. Harshman. In
addition, in November 2006, we announced that our Senior Vice
President of Operations and Quality, Israel Levi, retired from
his position and was succeeded by Charles Bonasera as Vice
President of Operations. We cannot assure you that transitions
of management personnel will not cause disruption to our
operations or customer relationships, or a decline in our
financial results.
In addition, we are dependent on our ability to retain and
motivate high caliber personnel, in addition to attracting new
personnel. Competition for qualified management, technical and
other personnel can be intense, and we may not be successful in
attracting and retaining such personnel. Competitors and others
have in the past and may in the future attempt to recruit our
employees. While our employees are required to sign standard
agreements concerning confidentiality and ownership of
inventions, we generally do not have employment contracts or
non-competition agreements with any of our personnel. The loss
of the services of any of our key personnel, the inability to
attract or retain qualified personnel in the future or delays in
hiring required personnel, particularly senior management and
engineers and other technical personnel, could negatively affect
our business.
Recent
Regulations Related To Equity Compensation Could Adversely
Affect Earnings, Affect Our Ability To Raise Capital And Affect
Our Ability To Attract And Retain Key Personnel.
Since our inception, we have used stock options as a fundamental
component of our employee compensation packages. We believe that
our stock option plans are an essential tool to link the
long-term interests of stockholders and employees, especially
executive management, and serve to motivate management to make
decisions that will, in the long run, give the best returns to
stockholders. The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB)
has issued FAS 123(R) that requires us to record a charge
to earnings for employee stock option grants and employee stock
purchase plan rights for all periods from January 1, 2006.
This standard has negatively
22
impacted and will continue to negatively impact our earnings and
may affect our ability to raise capital on acceptable terms. For
the year ended December 31, 2006, stock-based compensation
expense recognized under SFAS 123(R) was $5.7 million,
which consisted of stock-based compensation expense related to
employee equity awards and employee stock purchases.
In addition, regulations implemented by NASDAQ requiring
stockholder approval for all stock option plans could make it
more difficult for us to grant options to employees in the
future. To the extent that new accounting standards make it more
difficult or expensive to grant options to employees, we may
incur increased compensation costs, change our equity
compensation strategy or find it difficult to attract, retain
and motivate employees, each of which could materially and
adversely affect our business.
We Are Exposed To
Additional Costs And Risks Associated With Complying With
Increasing And New Regulation Of Corporate Governance And
Disclosure Standards.
We are spending an increased amount of management time and
external resources to comply with changing laws, regulations and
standards relating to corporate governance and public
disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, SEC
regulations and NASDAQ rules. Particularly, Section 404 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires managements annual review
and evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting,
and attestation of the effectiveness of our internal control
over financial reporting by management and the Companys
independent registered public accounting firm in connection with
the filing of the annual report on
Form 10-K
for each fiscal year. We have documented and tested our internal
control systems and procedures and have made improvements in
order for us to comply with the requirements of
Section 404. This process required us to hire additional
personnel and outside advisory services and has resulted in
significant additional expenses. While our assessment of our
internal control over financial reporting resulted in our
conclusion that as of December 31, 2006, our internal
control over financial reporting was effective, we cannot
predict the outcome of our testing in future periods. If we
conclude in future periods that our internal control over
financial reporting is not effective or if our independent
registered public accounting firm is unable to provide an
unqualified opinion as of future year-ends, investors may lose
confidence in our financial statements, and the price of our
stock may suffer.
We May Need
Additional Capital In The Future And May Not Be Able To Secure
Adequate Funds On Terms Acceptable To Us.
We have generated substantial operating losses since we began
operations in June 1988. We have been engaged in the design,
manufacture and sale of a variety of broadband products since
inception, which has required, and will continue to require,
significant research and development expenditures. As of
December 31, 2006 we had an accumulated deficit of
$1.9 billion. These losses, among other things, have had
and may have an adverse effect on our stockholders equity
and working capital.
We believe that our existing liquidity sources will satisfy our
cash requirements for at least the next twelve months including
our contractual obligation to invest $2.5 million in
Entones CPE business, a $2.4 million payment in
January 2007 relating to
C-Cubes
pre-merger liabilities and final settlement and payment of
C-Cubes
pre-merger liabilities. However, we may need to raise additional
funds if our expectations are incorrect, to fund our operations,
to take advantage of unanticipated strategic opportunities or to
strengthen our financial position. In April 2005, we filed a
registration statement on
Form S-3
with the SEC. Pursuant to this registration statement on
Form S-3,
which has been declared effective by the SEC, we will continue
to be able to issue registered common stock, preferred stock,
debt securities and warrants to purchase common stock from time
to time, up to an aggregate of approximately $200 million,
subject to market conditions and our capital needs. Our ability
to raise funds may be adversely affected by a number of factors
relating to Harmonic, as well as factors beyond our control,
including conditions in capital markets and the cable, telecom
and satellite industries. There can be no assurance that such
financing will be available on terms acceptable to us, if at all.
23
In addition, we actively review potential acquisitions that
would complement our existing product offerings, enhance our
technical capabilities or expand our marketing and sales
presence. Any future transaction of this nature could require
potentially significant amounts of capital to finance the
acquisition and related expenses as well as to integrate
operations following a transaction, and could require us to
issue our stock and dilute existing stockholders. If adequate
funds are not available, or are not available on acceptable
terms, we may not be able to take advantage of market
opportunities, to develop new products or to otherwise respond
to competitive pressures.
We may raise additional financing through public or private
equity offerings, debt financings or additional corporate
collaboration and licensing arrangements. To the extent we raise
additional capital by issuing equity securities, our
stockholders may experience dilution. To the extent that we
raise additional funds through collaboration and licensing
arrangements, it may be necessary to relinquish some rights to
our technologies or products, or grant licenses on terms that
are not favorable to us. If adequate funds are not available, we
will not be able to continue developing our products.
If Demand For Our
Products Increases More Quickly Than We Expect, We May Be Unable
To Meet Our Customers Requirements.
If demand for our products increases, the difficulty of
accurately forecasting our customers requirements and
meeting these requirements will increase. For example, we had
insufficient quantities of certain products to meet customer
demand in the second quarter of 2006 and, as a result, our
revenues were lower than internal and external expectations.
Forecasting to meet customers needs and effectively
managing our supply chain is particularly difficult in
connection with newer products. Our ability to meet customer
demand depends significantly on the availability of components
and other materials as well as the ability of our contract
manufacturers to scale their production. Furthermore, we
purchase several key components, subassemblies and modules used
in the manufacture or integration of our products from sole or
limited sources. Our ability to meet customer requirements
depends in part on our ability to obtain sufficient volumes of
these materials in a timely fashion. Also, in recent years, in
response to lower net sales and the prolonged economic
recession, we significantly reduced our headcount and other
expenses. As a result, we may be unable to respond to customer
demand that increases more quickly than we expect. If we fail to
meet customers supply expectations, our net sales would be
adversely affected and we may lose business.
We Must Be Able
To Manage Expenses And Inventory Risks Associated With Meeting
The Demand Of Our Customers.
If actual orders are materially lower than the indications we
receive from our customers, our ability to manage inventory and
expenses may be affected. If we enter into purchase commitments
to acquire materials, or expend resources to manufacture
products, and such products are not purchased by our customers,
our business and operating results could suffer. In this regard,
our gross margins and operating results have been in the past
adversely affected by significant charges for excess and
obsolete inventories.
In addition, the Company must carefully manage the introduction
of next generation products in order to balance potential
inventory risks associated with excess quantities of older
product lines and forecasts of customer demand for new products.
For example, in 2005, we wrote down approximately
$8.4 million for obsolete and excess inventory, with a
major portion of the write-down being the result of product
transitions in certain product lines. We also wrote down
$1.1 million in 2006 as a result of the end of life of a
product line. There can be no assurance that the Company will be
able to manage these product transitions in the future without
incurring write-downs for excess inventory or having inadequate
supplies of new products to meet customer expectations.
24
We Purchase
Several Key Components, Subassemblies And Modules Used In The
Manufacture Or Integration Of Our Products From Sole Or Limited
Sources, And We Are Increasingly Dependent On Contract
Manufacturers.
Many components, subassemblies and modules necessary for the
manufacture or integration of our products are obtained from a
sole supplier or a limited group of suppliers. For example, we
depend on a small private company for certain video encoding
chips which are incorporated into several new products. Our
reliance on sole or limited suppliers, particularly foreign
suppliers, and our increased reliance on subcontractors involves
several risks, including a potential inability to obtain an
adequate supply of required components, subassemblies or modules
and reduced control over pricing, quality and timely delivery of
components, subassemblies or modules. In particular, certain
optical components have in the past been in short supply and are
available only from a small number of suppliers, including sole
source suppliers. While we expend resources to qualify
additional component sources, consolidation of suppliers in the
industry and the small number of viable alternatives have
limited the results of these efforts. We do not generally
maintain long-term agreements with any of our suppliers.
Managing our supplier and contractor relationships is
particularly difficult during time periods in which we introduce
new products and during time periods in which demand for our
products is increasing, especially if demand increases more
quickly than we expect. Furthermore, from time to time we assess
our relationship with our contract manufacturers. In 2003, we
entered into a three-year agreement with Plexus Services Corp.
as our primary contract manufacturer. This agreement has
automatic annual renewals unless prior notice is given and has
been renewed until October 2007.
Difficulties in managing relationships with current contract
manufacturers could impede our ability to meet our
customers requirements and adversely affect our operating
results. An inability to obtain adequate deliveries or any other
circumstance that would require us to seek alternative sources
of supply could negatively affect our ability to ship our
products on a timely basis, which could damage relationships
with current and prospective customers and harm our business. We
attempt to limit this risk by maintaining safety stocks of
certain components, subassemblies and modules. As a result of
this investment in inventories, we have in the past and in the
future may be subject to risk of excess and obsolete
inventories, which could harm our business, operating results,
financial position and liquidity. In this regard, our gross
margins and operating results in the past were adversely
affected by significant excess and obsolete inventory charges.
Cessation Of The
Development And Production Of Video Encoding Chips By
C-Cubes
Spun-off Semiconductor Business May Adversely Impact
Us.
Our DiviCom business, which we acquired in 2000, and the C-Cube
semiconductor business (acquired by LSI Logic in June
2001) collaborated on the production and development of two
video encoding microelectronic chips prior to our acquisition of
the DiviCom business. In connection with the acquisition,
Harmonic and the spun-off semiconductor business of C-Cube
entered into a contractual relationship under which Harmonic has
access to certain of the spun-off semiconductor business
technologies and products on which the DiviCom business depends
for certain product and service offerings. The current term of
this agreement is through October 2007, with automatic annual
renewals unless terminated by either party in accordance with
the agreement provisions. If the spun-off semiconductor business
is not able to or does not sustain its development and
production efforts in this area, our business, financial
condition, results of operations and cash flow could be harmed.
We Need To
Effectively Manage Our Operations And The Cyclical Nature Of Our
Business.
The cyclical nature of our business has placed, and is expected
to continue to place, a significant strain on our personnel,
management and other resources. We reduced our work force by
approximately 44% between December 31, 2000 and
December 31, 2003 due to reduced industry spending and
demand for our products. If demand for products increases
significantly, we may need to increase our headcount, as we did
during 2004, adding 33 employees. In the first quarter of
2005, we added 42 employees in connection with our
25
acquisition of BTL, and in connection with the consolidation of
our two operating divisions in December 2005, we reduced our
workforce by approximately 40 employees. Our purchase of
the video networking software business of Entone in December
2006 resulted in the addition of 43 employees, most of whom
are based in Hong Kong. Our ability to manage our business
effectively in the future, including any future growth, will
require us to train, motivate and manage our employees
successfully, to attract and integrate new employees into our
overall operations, to retain key employees and to continue to
improve our operational, financial and management systems.
We May Be
Materially Affected By The WEEE And RoHS Directives.
The European Parliament and the Council of the European Union
have finalized the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment
(WEEE) directive, which became effective in August 2005, which
regulates the collection, recovery, and recycling of waste from
electrical and electronic products, and the Restriction on the
Use of Certain Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic
Equipment (RoHS) directive, which became effective in July 2006,
which bans the use of certain hazardous materials including
lead, mercury, cadmium, hexavalent chromium, and polybrominated
biphenyls (PBBs), and polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDEs)
that exceed certain specified levels. Under WEEE, we are
responsible for financing operations for the collection,
treatment, disposal, and recycling of past and future covered
products that we produce. In addition, we may not have inventory
located within the EU that can be sold to customers due to
import restrictions which could result in unfulfilled sales
orders. We cannot assure you that compliance with WEEE and RoHS
will not have a material adverse effect on our financial
condition or results of operations.
We Are Liable For
C-Cubes Pre-Merger Tax Liabilities, Including Tax
Liabilities Resulting From The Spin-Off Of Its Semiconductor
Business.
Under the terms of the merger agreement with C-Cube, Harmonic is
generally liable for
C-Cubes
pre-merger liabilities. As of December 31, 2006,
approximately $9.1 million of pre-merger liabilities
remained outstanding and are included in accrued liabilities. We
are working with LSI Logic, which acquired
C-Cubes
spun-off semiconductor business in June 2001 and assumed its
obligations, to develop an approach to settle these obligations,
a process which has been underway since the merger in 2000.
These liabilities represent estimates of
C-Cubes
pre-merger obligations to various authorities in
11 countries. Harmonic paid $2.4 million in January
2007, but is unable to predict when the remaining obligations
will be paid. The full amount of the estimated obligations has
been classified as a current liability. To the extent that these
obligations are finally settled for less than the amounts
provided, Harmonic is required, under the terms of the merger
agreement, to refund the difference to LSI Logic. Conversely, if
the settlements are more than the remaining $6.7 million
pre-merger liability after the January 2007 payment, LSI Logic
is obligated to reimburse Harmonic.
The merger agreement stipulates that Harmonic will be
indemnified by the spun-off semiconductor business if the cash
reserves are not sufficient to satisfy all of
C-Cubes
liabilities for periods prior to the merger. If for any reason,
the spun-off semiconductor business does not have sufficient
cash to pay such liabilities, or if there are additional
liabilities due with respect to the non-semiconductor business
and Harmonic cannot be indemnified by LSI Logic, Harmonic
generally will remain liable, and such liability could have a
material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows.
We May Be Subject
To Risks Associated With Acquisitions.
We have made, continue to consider making and may make
investments in complementary companies, products or
technologies. For example, on December 8, 2006, we acquired
the video networking software business of Entone Technologies,
Inc. In connection with this and other acquisition transactions,
we could have difficulty assimilating or retaining the acquired
companies key personnel and operations, integrating the
acquired
26
technology or products into ours or complying with internal
control requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act as a result of an
acquisition.
We also may face challenges in achieving the strategic
objectives, cost savings or other benefits from these
acquisitions and difficulties in expanding our management
information systems to accommodate the acquired business. For
example, we recently closed the manufacturing operations and a
product line of Broadcast Technology Limited, which we acquired
in 2005. Such difficulties could disrupt our ongoing business,
distract our management and employees and significantly increase
our expenses. Moreover, our operating results may suffer because
of acquisition-related expenses, amortization of intangible
assets and impairment of acquired goodwill or intangible assets.
Furthermore, we may have to incur debt or issue equity
securities to pay for any future acquisitions, or to provide for
additional working capital requirements, the issuance of which
could be dilutive to our existing shareholders. If we are unable
to successfully address any of these risks, our business,
financial condition or operating results could be harmed.
Our Failure To
Adequately Protect Our Proprietary Rights May Adversely Affect
Us.
We currently hold 38 issued U.S. patents and 19 issued
foreign patents, and have a number of patent applications
pending. Although we attempt to protect our intellectual
property rights through patents, trademarks, copyrights,
licensing arrangements, maintaining certain technology as trade
secrets and other measures, we cannot assure you that any
patent, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property
rights owned by us will not be invalidated, circumvented or
challenged, that such intellectual property rights will provide
competitive advantages to us or that any of our pending or
future patent applications will be issued with the scope of the
claims sought by us, if at all. We cannot assure you that others
will not develop technologies that are similar or superior to
our technology, duplicate our technology or design around the
patents that we own. In addition, effective patent, copyright
and trade secret protection may be unavailable or limited in
certain foreign countries in which we do business or may do
business in the future.
We believe that patents and patent applications are not
currently significant to our business, and investors therefore
should not rely on our patent portfolio to give us a competitive
advantage over others in our industry. We believe that the
future success of our business will depend on our ability to
translate the technological expertise and innovation of our
personnel into new and enhanced products. We generally enter
into confidentiality or license agreements with our employees,
consultants, vendors and customers as needed, and generally
limit access to and distribution of our proprietary information.
Nevertheless, we cannot assure you that the steps taken by us
will prevent misappropriation of our technology. In addition, we
have taken in the past, and may take in the future, legal action
to enforce our patents and other intellectual property rights,
to protect our trade secrets, to determine the validity and
scope of the proprietary rights of others, or to defend against
claims of infringement or invalidity. Such litigation could
result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could
negatively affect our business, operating results, financial
position or cash flows.
In order to successfully develop and market certain of our
planned products for digital applications, we may be required to
enter into technology development or licensing agreements with
third parties. Although many companies are often willing to
enter into technology development or licensing agreements, we
cannot assure you that such agreements will be negotiated on
terms acceptable to us, or at all. The failure to enter into
technology development or licensing agreements, when necessary,
could limit our ability to develop and market new products and
could cause our business to suffer.
We Or Our
Customers May Face Intellectual Property Infringement Claims
From Third Parties.
Harmonics industry is characterized by the existence of a
large number of patents and frequent claims and related
litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property
rights. In particular, leading companies in the
telecommunications industry have extensive patent portfolios.
From time to time, third parties, including these
27
leading companies, have asserted and may assert exclusive
patent, copyright, trademark and other intellectual property
rights against us or our customers. Indeed, a number of third
parties, including leading companies, have asserted patent
rights to technologies that are important to us.
On July 3, 2003, Stanford University and Litton Systems
filed a complaint in U.S. District Court for the Central
District of California alleging that optical fiber amplifiers
incorporated into certain of Harmonics products infringe
U.S. Patent No. 4859016. This patent expired in
September 2003. The complaint seeks injunctive relief, royalties
and damages. Harmonic has not been served in the case. At this
time, we are unable to determine whether we will be able to
settle this litigation on reasonable terms or at all, nor can we
predict the impact of an adverse outcome of this litigation if
we elect to defend against it. No estimate can be made of the
possible range of loss associated with the resolution of this
contingency and accordingly, we have not recorded a liability
associated with the outcome of a negotiated settlement or an
unfavorable verdict in litigation. An unfavorable outcome of
this matter could have a material adverse effect on
Harmonics business, operating results, financial position
or cash flows.
Our suppliers and customers may receive similar claims. We have
agreed to indemnify some of our suppliers and customers for
alleged patent infringement. The scope of this indemnity varies,
but, in some instances, includes indemnification for damages and
expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees).
We Are The
Subject Of Securities Class Action Claims And Other
Litigation Which, If Adversely Determined, Could Harm Our
Business And Operating Results.
Between June 28 and August 25, 2000, several actions
alleging violations of the federal securities laws by Harmonic
and certain of its officers and directors (some of whom are no
longer with Harmonic) were filed in or removed to the United
States District Court (the District Court) for the
Northern District of California. The actions subsequently were
consolidated.
A consolidated complaint, filed on December 7, 2000, was
brought on behalf of a purported class of persons who purchased
Harmonics publicly traded securities between
January 19 and June 26, 2000. The complaint also
alleged claims on behalf of a purported subclass of persons who
purchased
C-Cube
securities between January 19 and May 3, 2000. In
addition to Harmonic and certain of its officers and directors,
the complaint also named
C-Cube
Microsystems Inc. and several of its officers and directors as
defendants. The complaint alleged that, by making false or
misleading statements regarding Harmonics prospects and
customers and its acquisition of
C-Cube,
certain defendants violated sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act).
The complaint also alleged that certain defendants violated
section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and sections 11,
12(a)(2), and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933 (the
Securities Act) by filing a false or misleading
registration statement, prospectus, and joint proxy in
connection with the
C-Cube
acquisition.
On July 3, 2001, the District Court dismissed the
consolidated complaint with leave to amend. An amended complaint
alleging the same claims against the same defendants was filed
on August 13, 2001. Defendants moved to dismiss the amended
complaint on September 24, 2001. On November 13, 2002,
the District Court issued an opinion granting the motions to
dismiss the amended complaint without leave to amend. Judgment
for defendants was entered on December 2, 2002. On
December 12, 2002, plaintiffs filed a motion to amend the
judgment and for leave to file an amended complaint pursuant to
Rules 59(e) and 15(a) of the Federal Rules of Civil
Procedure. On June 6, 2003, the District Court denied
plaintiffs motion to amend the judgment and for leave to
file an amended complaint. Plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal
on July 1, 2003. The appeal was heard by a panel of three
judges of the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth
Circuit (the Ninth Circuit) on February 17,
2005.
On November 8, 2005, the Ninth Circuit panel affirmed in
part, reversed in part, and remanded for further proceedings the
decision of the District Court. The Ninth Circuit affirmed the
District Courts dismissal of the
28
plaintiffs fraud claims under Sections 10(b), 14(a),
and 20(a) of the Exchange Act with prejudice, finding that the
plaintiffs failed to adequately plead their allegations of
fraud. The Ninth Circuit reversed the District Courts
dismissal of the plaintiffs claims under Sections 11
and 12(a)(2) of the Securities Act, however, finding that those
claims did not allege fraud and therefore were subject to only
minimal pleading standards. Regarding the secondary liability
claim under Section 15 of the Securities Act, the Ninth
Circuit reversed the dismissal of that claim against Anthony J.
Ley, Harmonics Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and
affirmed the dismissal of that claim against Harmonic, while
granting leave to amend. The Ninth Circuit remanded the
surviving claims to the District Court for further proceedings.
On November 22, 2005, both the Harmonic defendants and the
plaintiffs petitioned the Ninth Circuit for a rehearing of the
appeal. On February 16, 2006 the Ninth Circuit denied both
petitions. On May 17, 2006 the plaintiffs filed an amended
complaint on the issues remanded for further proceedings by the
Ninth Circuit, to which the Harmonic defendants responded with a
motion to dismiss certain claims and to strike certain
allegations. On December 11, 2006, the Court granted the
motion to dismiss with respect to the Section 12(a)(2)
claim against the individual Harmonic defendants and granted the
motion to strike, but denied the motion to dismiss the
Section 15 claim. A case management conference was held on
January 25, 2007, at which the Court set a trial date in
August 2008, with discovery to close in February 2008. The Court
also ordered the parties to attend a settlement conference with
a magistrate judge or a private mediation before June 30,
2007.
A derivative action purporting to be on behalf of Harmonic was
filed against its then-current directors in the Superior Court
for the County of Santa Clara on September 5, 2000.
Harmonic also was named as a nominal defendant. The complaint is
based on allegations similar to those found in the securities
class action and claims that the defendants breached their
fiduciary duties by, among other things, causing Harmonic to
violate federal securities laws. The derivative action was
removed to the United States District Court for the Northern
District of California on September 20, 2000. All deadlines
in this action were stayed pending resolution of the motions to
dismiss the securities class action. On July 29, 2003, the
Court approved the parties stipulation to dismiss this
derivative action without prejudice and to toll the applicable
limitations period pending the Ninth Circuits decision in
the securities action. Pursuant to the stipulation, defendants
have provided plaintiff with a copy of the mandate issued by the
Ninth Circuit in the securities action.
A second derivative action purporting to be on behalf of
Harmonic was filed in the Superior Court for the County of
Santa Clara on May 15, 2003. It alleged facts similar
to those previously alleged in the securities class action and
the federal derivative action. The complaint named as defendants
former and current Harmonic officers and directors, along with
former officers and directors of
C-Cube
Microsystems, Inc., who were named in the securities class
action. The complaint also named Harmonic as a nominal
defendant. The complaint alleged claims for abuse of control,
gross mismanagement, and waste of corporate assets against the
Harmonic defendants, and claims for breach of fiduciary duty,
unjust enrichment, and negligent misrepresentation against all
defendants. On July 22, 2003, the Court approved the
parties stipulation to stay the case pending resolution of
the appeal in the securities class action. Following the
decision of the Ninth Circuit discussed above, on May 9,
2006, defendants filed demurrers to this complaint. The
plaintiffs then filed an amended complaint on July 10,
2006, which names only the Harmonic defendants. The defendants
filed demurrers to the amended complaint, and a case management
conference and hearing are scheduled for May 15, 2007.
Based on its review of the surviving claims in the securities
class actions, Harmonic believes that it has meritorious
defenses and intends to defend itself vigorously. There can be
no assurance, however, that Harmonic will prevail.
In addition, in July 3, 2003, Stanford University and
Litton Systems filed a complaint in U.S. District Court for
the Central District of California alleging that optical fiber
amplifiers incorporated into certain of Harmonics products
infringe U.S. Patent No. 4859016. This patent expired
in September 2003. The complaint seeks injunctive relief,
royalties and damages. Harmonic has not been served in the case.
At this time, we are unable to determine
29
whether we will be able to settle this litigation on reasonable
terms or at all, nor can we predict the impact of an adverse
outcome of this litigation if we elect to defend against it.
No estimate can be made of the possible range of loss associated
with the resolution of each of these claims, and, accordingly,
Harmonic has not recorded a liability. An unfavorable outcome of
any of these litigation matters could have a material adverse
effect on Harmonics business, operating results, financial
position or cash flows.
The Terrorist
Attacks Of 2001 And The Ongoing Threat Of Terrorism Have Created
Great Uncertainty And May Continue To Harm Our
Business.
Current conditions in the U.S. and global economies are
uncertain. The terrorist attacks in the U.S. in 2001 and
subsequent terrorist attacks in other parts of the world have
created many economic and political uncertainties that have
severely impacted the global economy, and have adversely
affected our business. For example, following the 2001 terrorist
attacks in the U.S., we experienced a further decline in demand
for our products after the attacks. The long-term effects of the
attacks, the situation in Iraq and the ongoing war on terrorism
on our business and on the global economy remain unknown.
Moreover, the potential for future terrorist attacks has created
additional uncertainty and makes it difficult to estimate the
stability and strength of the U.S. and other economies and the
impact of economic conditions on our business.
We Rely On A
Continuous Power Supply To Conduct Our Operations, And Any
Electrical And Natural Gas Crisis Could Disrupt Our Operations
And Increase Our Expenses.
We rely on a continuous power supply for manufacturing and to
conduct our business operations. Interruptions in electrical
power supplies in California in the early part of 2001 could
recur in the future. In addition, the cost of electricity and
natural gas has risen significantly. Power outages could disrupt
our manufacturing and business operations and those of many of
our suppliers, and could cause us to fail to meet production
schedules and commitments to customers and other third parties.
Any disruption to our operations or those of our suppliers could
result in damage to our current and prospective business
relationships and could result in lost revenue and additional
expenses, thereby harming our business and operating results.
The Markets In
Which We, Our Customers And Suppliers Operate Are Subject To The
Risk Of Earthquakes And Other Natural Disasters.
Our headquarters and the majority of our operations are located
in California, which is prone to earthquakes, and some of the
other locations in which we, our customers and suppliers conduct
business are prone to natural disasters. In the event that any
of our business centers are affected by any such disasters, we
may sustain damage to our operations and properties and suffer
significant financial losses. Furthermore, we rely on third
party manufacturers for the production of many of our products,
and any disruption in the business or operations of such
manufacturers could adversely impact our business. In addition,
if there is a major earthquake or other natural disaster in any
of the locations in which our significant customers are located,
we face the risk that our customers may incur losses, or
sustained business interruption
and/or loss
which may materially impair their ability to continue their
purchase of products from us. A major earthquake or other
natural disaster in the markets in which we, our customers or
suppliers operate could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition, results of operations and cash
flows.
Our Stock Price
May Be Volatile.
The market price of our common stock has fluctuated
significantly in the past, and is likely to fluctuate in the
future. In addition, the securities markets have experienced
significant price and volume fluctuations and the market prices
of the securities of technology companies have been especially
volatile. Investors may be unable to
30
resell their shares of our common stock at or above their
purchase price. In the past, companies that have experienced
volatility in the market price of their stock have been the
object of securities class action litigation.
Some
Anti-Takeover Provisions Contained In Our Certificate Of
Incorporation, Bylaws And Stockholder Rights Plan, As Well As
Provisions Of Delaware Law, Could Impair A Takeover
Attempt.
Harmonic has provisions in its certificate of incorporation and
bylaws, each of which could have the effect of rendering more
difficult or discouraging an acquisition deemed undesirable by
the Harmonic Board of Directors. These include provisions:
|
|
|
|
n
|
authorizing blank check preferred stock, which could be issued
with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to
Harmonic common stock;
|
|
|
n
|
limiting the liability of, and providing indemnification to,
directors and officers;
|
|
|
n
|
limiting the ability of Harmonic stockholders to call and bring
business before special meetings;
|
|
|
n
|
requiring advance notice of stockholder proposals for business
to be conducted at meetings of Harmonic stockholders and for
nominations of candidates for election to the Harmonic Board of
Directors;
|
|
|
n
|
controlling the procedures for conduct and scheduling of Board
and stockholder meetings; and
|
|
|
n
|
providing the board of directors with the express power to
postpone previously scheduled annual meetings and to cancel
previously scheduled special meetings.
|
These provisions, alone or together, could delay hostile
takeovers and changes in control or management of Harmonic.
In addition, Harmonic has adopted a stockholder rights plan. The
rights are not intended to prevent a takeover of Harmonic, and
we believe these rights will help Harmonics negotiations
with any potential acquirers. However, if the Board of Directors
believes that a particular acquisition is undesirable, the
rights may have the effect of rendering more difficult or
discouraging that acquisition. The rights would cause
substantial dilution to a person or group that attempts to
acquire Harmonic on terms or in a manner not approved by the
Harmonic Board of Directors, except pursuant to an offer
conditioned upon redemption of the rights.
As a Delaware corporation, Harmonic also is subject to
provisions of Delaware law, including Section 203 of the
Delaware General Corporation law, which prevents some
stockholders holding more than 15% of our outstanding common
stock from engaging in certain business combinations without
approval of the holders of substantially all of our outstanding
common stock.
Any provision of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, our
stockholder rights plan or Delaware law that has the effect of
delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the
opportunity for Harmonic stockholders to receive a premium for
their shares of Harmonic common stock, and could also affect the
price that some investors are willing to pay for Harmonic common
stock.
31
Item 1 B. Unresolved
Staff Comments
None.
Item 2. Properties
All of our facilities are leased, including our principal
operations and corporate headquarters in Sunnyvale, California.
We also have a research and development center in New York,
several sales offices in the U.S., sales and support centers in
the United Kingdom, France, and China, and research and
development facilities in Israel and Hong Kong. Our leases,
which expire at various dates through September 2010, are for
approximately 425,000 square feet of space. In the U.S., of
the 360,000 square feet under lease, approximately
195,000 square feet is in excess of our requirements and we
no longer occupy, do not intend to occupy, and have subleased,
or plan to sublease. The estimated loss on subleases has been
included in the excess facilities charges recorded in 2001 and
2002. In the fourth quarter of 2005 we subleased a portion of an
unoccupied building for the remaining term of the lease which
resulted in a $1.1 million reduction to the excess
facilities liability. In the third quarter of 2006 we completed
the facilities rationalization plan of our Sunnyvale campus
which resulted in more efficient use of our leased space and we
vacated several buildings and recorded a net charge of
$2.1 million for excess facilities.
We believe that these facilities are adequate for our current
needs and that suitable additional or substitute space will be
available as needed to accommodate foreseeable expansion of our
operations as needed.
Item 3. Legal
Proceedings
Shareholder
Litigation
Between June 28 and August 25, 2000, several actions
alleging violations of the federal securities laws by Harmonic
and certain of its officers and directors (some of whom are no
longer with Harmonic) were filed in or removed to the United
States District Court (the District Court) for the
Northern District of California. The actions subsequently were
consolidated.
A consolidated complaint, filed on December 7, 2000, was
brought on behalf of a purported class of persons who purchased
Harmonics publicly traded securities between January 19
and June 26, 2000. The complaint also alleged claims on
behalf of a purported subclass of persons who purchased
C-Cube
securities between January 19 and May 3, 2000. In
addition to Harmonic and certain of its officers and directors,
the complaint also named
C-Cube
Microsystems Inc. and several of its officers and directors as
defendants. The complaint alleged that, by making false or
misleading statements regarding Harmonics prospects and
customers and its acquisition of
C-Cube,
certain defendants violated sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act).
The complaint also alleged that certain defendants violated
section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and sections 11,
12(a)(2), and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933 (the
Securities Act) by filing a false or misleading
registration statement, prospectus, and joint proxy in
connection with the
C-Cube
acquisition.
On July 3, 2001, the District Court dismissed the
consolidated complaint with leave to amend. An amended complaint
alleging the same claims against the same defendants was filed
on August 13, 2001. Defendants moved to dismiss the amended
complaint on September 24, 2001. On November 13, 2002,
the District Court issued an opinion granting the motions to
dismiss the amended complaint without leave to amend. Judgment
for defendants was entered on December 2, 2002. On
December 12, 2002, plaintiffs filed a motion to amend the
judgment and for leave to file an amended complaint pursuant to
Rules 59(e) and 15(a) of the Federal Rules of Civil
Procedure. On June 6, 2003, the District Court denied
plaintiffs motion to amend the judgment and for leave to
file an amended complaint. Plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal
on July 1, 2003. The appeal was heard by a
32
panel of three judges of the United States Court of Appeals for
the Ninth Circuit (the Ninth Circuit) on
February 17, 2005.
On November 8, 2005, the Ninth Circuit panel affirmed in
part, reversed in part, and remanded for further proceedings the
decision of the District Court. The Ninth Circuit affirmed the
District Courts dismissal of the plaintiffs fraud
claims under Sections 10(b), 14(a), and 20(a) of the
Exchange Act with prejudice, finding that the plaintiffs failed
to adequately plead their allegations of fraud. The Ninth
Circuit reversed the District Courts dismissal of the
plaintiffs claims under Sections 11 and 12(a)(2) of
the Securities Act, however, finding that those claims did not
allege fraud and therefore were subject to only minimal pleading
standards. Regarding the secondary liability claim under
Section 15 of the Securities Act, the Ninth Circuit
reversed the dismissal of that claim against Anthony J. Ley,
Harmonics Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and
affirmed the dismissal of that claim against Harmonic, while
granting leave to amend. The Ninth Circuit remanded the
surviving claims to the District Court for further proceedings.
On November 22, 2005, both the Harmonic defendants and the
plaintiffs petitioned the Ninth Circuit for a rehearing of the
appeal. On February 16, 2006 the Ninth Circuit denied both
petitions. On May 17, 2006 the plaintiffs filed an amended
complaint on the issues remanded for further proceedings by the
Ninth Circuit, to which the Harmonic defendants responded with a
motion to dismiss certain claims and to strike certain
allegations. On December 11, 2006, the Court granted the
motion to dismiss with respect to the Section 12(a)(2)
claim against the individual Harmonic defendants and granted the
motion to strike, but denied the motion to dismiss the
Section 15 claim. A case management conference was held on
January 25, 2007, at which the Court set a trial date in
August 2008, with discovery to close in February 2008. The Court
also ordered the parties to attend a settlement conference with
a magistrate judge or a private mediation before June 30,
2007.
A derivative action purporting to be on behalf of Harmonic was
filed against its then-current directors in the Superior Court
for the County of Santa Clara on September 5, 2000.
Harmonic also was named as a nominal defendant. The complaint is
based on allegations similar to those found in the securities
class action and claims that the defendants breached their
fiduciary duties by, among other things, causing Harmonic to
violate federal securities laws. The derivative action was
removed to the United States District Court for the Northern
District of California on September 20, 2000. All deadlines
in this action were stayed pending resolution of the motions to
dismiss the securities class action. On July 29, 2003, the
Court approved the parties stipulation to dismiss this
derivative action without prejudice and to toll the applicable
limitations period pending the Ninth Circuits decision in
the securities action. Pursuant to the stipulation, defendants
have provided plaintiff with a copy of the mandate issued by the
Ninth Circuit in the securities action.
A second derivative action purporting to be on behalf of
Harmonic was filed in the Superior Court for the County of
Santa Clara on May 15, 2003. It alleged facts similar
to those previously alleged in the securities class action and
the federal derivative action. The complaint named as defendants
former and current Harmonic officers and directors, along with
former officers and directors of C-Cube Microsystems, Inc., who
were named in the securities class action. The complaint also
named Harmonic as a nominal defendant. The complaint alleged
claims for abuse of control, gross mismanagement, and waste of
corporate assets against the Harmonic defendants, and claims for
breach of fiduciary duty, unjust enrichment, and negligent
misrepresentation against all defendants. On July 22, 2003,
the Court approved the parties stipulation to stay the
case pending resolution of the appeal in the securities class
action. Following the decision of the Ninth Circuit discussed
above, on May 9, 2006, defendants filed demurrers to this
complaint. The plaintiffs then filed an amended complaint on
July 10, 2006, which names only the Harmonic defendants.
The defendants filed demurrers to the amended complaint, and a
case management conference and hearing are scheduled for
May 15, 2007.
Based on its review of the surviving claims in the securities
class actions, Harmonic believes that it has meritorious
defenses and intends to defend itself vigorously. There can be
no assurance, however, that Harmonic will prevail.
33
No estimate can be made of the possible range of loss associated
with the resolution of each of these claims, and, accordingly,
Harmonic has not recorded a liability. An unfavorable outcome of
any of these litigation matters could have a material adverse
effect on Harmonics business, operating results, financial
position or cash flows.
Other
Litigation
On July 3, 2003, Stanford University and Litton Systems
filed a complaint in U.S. District Court for the Central
District of California alleging that optical fiber amplifiers
incorporated into certain of Harmonics products infringe
U.S. Patent No. 4859016. This patent expired in
September 2003. The complaint seeks injunctive relief, royalties
and damages. Harmonic has not been served in the case. At this
time, we are unable to determine whether we will be able to
settle this litigation on reasonable terms or at all, nor can we
predict the impact of an adverse outcome of this litigation if
we elect to defend against it. No estimate can be made of the
possible range of loss associated with the resolution of this
contingency and accordingly, we have not recorded a liability
associated with the outcome of a negotiated settlement or an
unfavorable verdict in litigation. An unfavorable outcome of
this matter could have a material adverse effect on
Harmonics business, operating results, financial position
or cash flows.
Harmonic is involved in other litigation and may be subject to
claims arising in the normal course of business. In the opinion
of management the amount of ultimate liability with respect to
these matters in the aggregate will not have a material adverse
effect on the Company or its operating results, financial
position or cash flows.
Item 4. Submission
of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
No matters were submitted to a vote of stockholders during the
fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2006.
34
PART II
Item 5. Market
for the Registrants Common Equity, Related Stock Holder
Matters, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
|
|
|
|
a.
|
Market information: Harmonics Common Stock has been quoted
on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol HLIT since
Harmonics initial public offering on May 22, 1995.
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the
high and low closing sales price per share of the Common Stock
as reported on the NASDAQ Global Market:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter
|
|
$
|
12.33
|
|
|
$
|
7.49
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
|
9.91
|
|
|
|
4.83
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
|
6.14
|
|
|
|
4.93
|
|
Fourth quarter
|
|
|
5.85
|
|
|
|
4.34
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First quarter
|
|
$
|
6.83
|
|
|
$
|
4.81
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
|
6.71
|
|
|
|
3.89
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
|
7.62
|
|
|
|
3.99
|
|
Fourth quarter
|
|
|
8.56
|
|
|
|
7.06
|
|
Holders of record: At March 1, 2007 there were
483 stockholders of record of Harmonics Common Stock.
Dividends: Harmonic has never declared or paid any
dividends on its capital stock. Harmonic currently expects to
retain future earnings, if any, for use in the operation and
expansion of its business and does not anticipate paying any
cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Harmonics line
of credit includes covenants prohibiting the payment of
dividends. See Item 12 of Part III of this Annual
Report on
Form 10-K.
Securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation
plans: See Item 12 of Part III of this Annual Report
on
Form 10-K.
Sales of unregistered securities: On December 8,
2006, Harmonic purchased all of the issued and outstanding
shares of Entone Technologies, Inc., a private
U.S. company, for a purchase consideration of approximately
$26.2 million in cash and 3,579,715 shares of
Harmonics common stock. Harmonic purchased all of the
shares of Entone directly from, and paid the consideration
thereof directly to, the shareholders of Entone. In connection
with such sale of our common stock, Harmonic relied upon the
exemption from registration under Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act. During the fiscal year ended December 31,
2006, Harmonic did not sell any other securities in transactions
that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933.
b. Use of proceeds: Not applicable.
|
|
|
|
c.
|
Purchase of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated
purchasers: During the three months ended December 31,
2006, Harmonic did not, nor did any of its affiliated entities,
repurchase any of Harmonics equity securities.
|
35
Performance
Graph
Set forth below is a line graph comparing the annual percentage
change in the cumulative return to the stockholders of the
Companys common stock with the cumulative return of the
NASDAQ Telecom Index and of the Standard & Poors
(S&P) 500 Index for the period commencing December 31,
2001 and ending on December 31, 2006. The graph assumes
that $100 was invested in each of the Companys common
stock, the S&P 500 and the NASDAQ Telecom Index on
December 31, 2001, and assumes the reinvestment of
dividends, if any. The comparisons shown in the graph below are
based upon historical data. Harmonic cautions that the stock
price performance shown in the graph below is not indicative of,
nor intended to forecast, the potential future performance of
the Companys common stock.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12/31/01
|
|
12/31/02
|
|
12/31/03
|
|
12/31/04
|
|
12/31/05
|
|
12/31/06
|
Harmonic Inc.
|
|
100.00
|
|
19.13
|
|
60.32
|
|
69.38
|
|
40.35
|
|
60.48
|
NASDAQ Telecom Index
|
|
100.00
|
|
77.90
|
|
100.24
|
|
111.15
|
|
116.61
|
|
135.03
|
S&P 500 Index
|
|
100.00
|
|
61.62
|
|
110.79
|
|
106.16
|
|
100.63
|
|
127.11
|
36
Item 6.
Selected Financial Data
The data set forth below are qualified in their entirety by
reference to, and should be read in conjunction with,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and the Consolidated
Financial Statements and related notes included elsewhere in
this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands,
except per share data)
|
|
|
Consolidated Statement of
Operations Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
247,684
|
|
|
$
|
257,378
|
|
|
$
|
248,306
|
|
|
$
|
182,276
|
|
|
$
|
186,632
|
|
Gross profit(1)
|
|
|
101,446
|
|
|
|
93,948
|
|
|
|
104,495
|
|
|
|
60,603
|
|
|
|
54,429
|
|
Income (loss) from operations(1)(2)
|
|
|
(3,722)
|
|
|
|
(7,044)
|
|
|
|
1,436
|
|
|
|
(30,545)
|
|
|
|
(77,349)
|
|
Net income (loss)(1)
|
|
|
1,007
|
|
|
|
(5,731)
|
|
|
|
1,574
|
|
|
|
(29,433)
|
|
|
|
(76,918)
|
|
Basic net income (loss) per share
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
(0.08)
|
|
|
|
0.02
|
|
|
|
(0.47)
|
|
|
|
(1.29)
|
|
Diluted net income (loss) per share
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
(0.08)
|
|
|
|
0.02
|
|
|
|
(0.47)
|
|
|
|
(1.29)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheet
Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash, cash equivalents and
short-term
investments
|
|
$
|
92,371
|
|
|
$
|
110,828
|
|
|
$
|
100,607
|
|
|
$
|
112,597
|
|
|
$
|
49,158
|
|
Working capital
|
|
|
97,398
|
|
|
|
117,353
|
|
|
|
117,112
|
|
|
|
95,389
|
|
|
|
31,246
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
281,962
|
|
|
|
226,297
|
|
|
|
242,356
|
|
|
|
224,726
|
|
|
|
173,754
|
|
Long term debt, including current
portion
|
|
|
460
|
|
|
|
1,272
|
|
|
|
2,339
|
|
|
|
1,656
|
|
|
|
2,572
|
|
Stockholders equity
|
|
|
145,134
|
|
|
|
112,982
|
|
|
|
110,557
|
|
|
|
106,161
|
|
|
|
62,183
|
|
|
|
|
1.
|
|
The 2006 gross profit, loss from
operations and net income included a charge of $3.0 million
for restructuring charges associated with a reorganization of
its senior management and a campus consolidation. Cost of sales
and operating expenses include an expense for stock-based
compensation of $5.7 million from the adoption of Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R),
Share-Based payments (SFAS 123(R)).
An impairment charge of $1.0 million was recorded in 2006
due to the writedown of BTL intangibles.
|
|
|
|
The 2005 gross profit, loss from
operations and net loss included a charge of $8.4 million
for the writedown of inventory resulting primarily from the
introduction of new products and the related obsolescence of
existing inventory. Operating expenses included an expense of
$1.1 million for severance costs from the consolidation of
the Companys two operating segments into a single segment
effective as of January 1, 2006, and a benefit of
$1.1 million from the reversal of previously recorded
excess facilities costs due to subleasing an excess facility.
|
|
|
|
The 2004 gross profit, income from
operations and net income included credits of $4.0 million
for products sold during the year that had been written down in
prior years.
|
|
|
|
The 2003 gross profit, loss from
operations and net loss included credits of $4.7 million
for products sold during the year that had been written down in
prior years. Operating expenses included credits of
$2.2 million from the sale of our bankruptcy claims in
Adelphia Communications resulting in the reversal of previously
recorded bad debt provisions, and a litigation settlement charge
of $2.7 million related to Power and Telephone Supply.
|
|
|
|
The 2002 gross profit, loss from
operations and net loss included special charges to cost of
sales totaling $0.8 million for severance and other costs,
and credits of $6.9 million for products sold during the
year that had been written down in prior years. Special charges
to operating expenses totaled $22.5 million for excess
facilities costs, a bad debt provision of $2.7 million for
probable losses on receivables from Adelphia Communications, and
severance and other costs of $0.9 million.
|
|
2.
|
|
Income (loss) from operations for
2006, 2005, 2004, 2003 and 2002 included amortization and
impairment expenses of intangible assets of $2.2 million,
$2.6 million, $13.9 million, $13.9 million and
$18.7 million, respectively. In 2006 an impairment charge
of $1.0 million was recorded to write-off the remaining
balance of the intangibles from the BTL acquisition. On
January 1, 2002, we ceased amortization of goodwill due to
adoption of SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other
Intangible Assets.
|
37
Item 7.
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations
Overview
Harmonic designs, manufactures and sells products and systems
that enable network operators to efficiently deliver broadcast
and on-demand video services that include digital video,
video-on-demand
and high definition television, as well as high-speed Internet
access and telephony. Historically, the majority of our revenues
have been derived from sales of video processing solutions and
edge and access systems to cable television operators. We also
provide our video processing solutions to direct broadcast
satellite operators and to telephone companies, or telcos, that
offer video services to their customers.
Harmonics net sales decreased 4% in 2006 from 2005 and
increased 4% in 2005 from 2004. The decrease in sales in 2006
compared to 2005 was primarily due to a reduction in sales of
FTTP and third party products in 2006 which have significantly
lower gross margins than our other products. The increase in net
sales in 2005 reflected an improved industry capital spending
environment worldwide which favorably impacted Harmonic. We
believe that this improvement in the industry capital spending
environment was, in part, a result of the intensifying
competition between cable and satellite operators to offer more
channels of digital video and new services, such as VOD and
HDTV, and in part the result of the entry of telephone companies
into the business of delivering video services to their
subscribers. We also believe that the improvement was due to
more favorable conditions in industry capital markets and the
completion or resolution of certain major business combinations,
financial restructurings and regulatory issues.
Historically, a majority of our net sales have been to
relatively few customers, and due in part to the consolidation
of ownership of cable television and direct broadcast satellite
systems, we expect this customer concentration to continue for
the foreseeable future. Sales to Comcast accounted for 12%, 18%
and 17% of net sales in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
Sales to customers outside of the U.S. in 2006, 2005, and
2004 represented 49%, 40%, and 42% of net sales, respectively. A
significant portion of international sales are made to
distributors and system integrators, which are generally
responsible for importing the products and providing
installation and technical support and service to customers
within their territory. Sales denominated in foreign currencies
were approximately 11%, 7% and 4% of net sales in 2006, 2005 and
2004, respectively. We expect international sales to continue to
account for a significant portion of our net sales for the
foreseeable future.
In 2006, net sales decreased by 4% compared to 2005. This
decrease was primarily due to lower FTTP sales and sales of
third party products. Although sales decreased in 2006 compared
to 2005, there was a significant increase in deferred revenue
and backlog which was the result of an increase in the number of
projects and orders received for which product shipment was not
made during 2006. Harmonic reported net income of
$1.0 million in 2006 which was primarily the result of
higher gross margins. The improved gross margin percentage was
primarily due to higher gross margins from new products and an
increase in the proportion of net sales from software and
services. We also reduced our sales of FTTP and third party
products, which have significantly lower gross margins than our
other products. Cost of sales and operating expenses include an
expense for stock-based compensation of $5.7 million
related to the adoption of SFAS 123(R). Restructuring
charges totaling $3.0 million were recorded in 2006 as a
result of a management reorganization and a Sunnyvale campus
consolidation.
In 2005, net sales increased by 4% compared to 2004, but our
operating results were negatively impacted by a decrease in our
gross margin percentage, which was primarily the result of lower
margin on FTTP sales and sales of third party products, as well
as the write-down of inventories, resulting in a net loss of
$5.7 million for the year. Our operating results in 2005
included a charge of $1.1 million for severance costs from
the consolidation of the two
38
divisions and the manufacturing operation into a single
operating segment, and a benefit of $1.1 million from the
reversal of previously recorded excess facility costs due to
subleasing an excess facility.
Prior to 2006, Harmonic was organized into two operating
divisions, Broadband Access Networks, or BAN, for fiber optic
systems and Convergent Systems, or CS, for digital headend
systems. Effective January 1, 2006, an organizational
restructuring combined the Companys CS division and BAN
division into a single segment with financial results reported
as a single segment as of the first quarter of 2006. Based on
the changes to the structure of our internal organization, we
have restated the segment information for prior periods that are
included in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
to reflect our current organization structure.
Harmonic often recognizes a significant portion, or the
majority, of its revenues in the last month of the quarter.
Harmonic establishes its expenditure levels for product
development and other operating expenses based on projected
sales levels, and expenses are relatively fixed in the short
term. Accordingly, variations in timing of sales can cause
significant fluctuations in operating results. Harmonics
expenses for any given quarter are typically based on expected
sales and if sales are below expectations, our operating results
may be adversely impacted by our inability to adjust spending to
compensate for the shortfall. In addition, because a significant
portion of Harmonics business is derived from orders
placed by a limited number of large customers, the timing of
such orders can also cause significant fluctuations in our
operating results.
As a result of uncertain market conditions and lower sales
during 2001 and 2002, we recorded severance charges totaling
$4.2 million during 2001 and 2002 related to severance and
other costs. An improved business environment in 2004 led us to
increase headcount to 590 at the end of 2004. In 2005, we added
42 employees as a result of the acquisition of BTL. In the
fourth quarter of 2005, due to an organizational restructuring
that combined our product development, marketing and
manufacturing operations into a single segment, Harmonic reduced
its workforce by approximately 40 employees and recorded
severance charges of approximately $1.1 million. The
acquisition of Entone in the fourth quarter of 2006 increased
our headcount by 43 employees, primarily in research and
development.
In May 2006, the Companys Board of Directors appointed
Patrick J. Harshman as President and Chief Executive Officer,
replacing Anthony Ley, who retired after 18 years.
Mr. Ley continues to serve on as a consultant to the
Company and as chairman of its Board of Directors. Following
Dr. Harshmans appointment, the Company announced a
reorganization of its senior management, resulting in a charge
of approximately $1 million in severance costs in the
second quarter of 2006.
In 2001 and 2002 excess facilities charges totaling
$52.6 million were recorded due to the Companys
reduced headcount, difficult business conditions and a weak
local commercial real estate market. The excess facilities
charges were for facilities that we no longer occupied, did not
intend to occupy and plan to sublease. In 2003 the excess
facilities liability was reduced by $3.3 million due to a
revision in the assumptions as to the unoccupied portion of a
building.
In the fourth quarter of 2005, the excess facilities liability
was decreased by $1.1 million due to subleasing a portion
of the unoccupied portion of one building for the remainder of
the lease. In the third quarter of 2006, the Company completed
its facilities rationalization plan resulting in more efficient
use of our Sunnyvale campus and vacated several buildings, some
of which were subsequently subleased. This resulted in a net
charge for excess facilities of $2.1 million in the third
quarter of 2006. Although we entered into new subleases for
approximately 60,000 square feet of space in 2004,
30,000 square feet of space in 2005 and approximately
60,000 square feet of space in 2006, in the event we are
unable to achieve expected levels of sublease rental income, we
will need to revise our estimate of the liability, which could
materially impact our financial position, liquidity, cash flows
and results of operations.
39
On February 25, 2005, Harmonic purchased all of the issued
and outstanding shares of Broadcast Technology Ltd., or BTL, a
private U.K. company, for a total purchase consideration of
£4.0 million, or approximately $7.6 million. The
purchase consideration consisted of a payment of
£3.0 million in cash and the issuance of
169,112 shares of Harmonic common stock. BTL develops,
manufactures and distributes professional video/audio receivers
and decoders and had approximately 42 employees at the time of
the acquisition. We recently discontinued a BTL decoder product
line and closed our manufacturing operations in the U.K.
On December 8, 2006, Harmonic completed its acquisition of
the video networking software business of Entone for a total
purchase consideration of $46.6 million. The purchase
consideration consisted of a payment of $26.2 million, the
issuance of 3,579,715 shares of Harmonic common stock with
a value of $20.1 million and issuance of 175,342 options to
purchase Harmonic common stock with a value of
$0.2 million. Prior to the closing of the acquisition,
Entone spun off its consumer premises equipment, or CPE,
business into a separate private company. As part of the terms
of the acquisition agreement pursuant to which Harmonic acquired
the video networking software business of Entone, Harmonic is
obligated to purchase a convertible note with a face amount of
$2.5 million in the new spun off private company subject to
its closing of an initial round of equity financing in which at
least $4 million is invested by third parties.
Critical
Accounting Policies, Judgments and Estimates
The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures
requires Harmonic to make judgments, assumptions and estimates
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the
disclosure of contingencies and the reported amounts of revenue
and expenses in the financial statements and accompanying notes.
Material differences may result in the amount and timing of
revenue and expenses if different judgments or different
estimates were made. See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements for details of Harmonics accounting
policies. Critical accounting policies, judgments and estimates
which we believe have the most significant impact on
Harmonics financial statements are set forth below:
|
|
n
|
Revenue recognition;
|
|
n
|
Allowances for doubtful accounts, returns and discounts;
|
|
n
|
Valuation of inventories;
|
|
n
|
Impairment of long-lived assets;
|
|
n
|
Restructuring costs and accruals for excess facilities;
|
|
n
|
Assessment of the probability of the outcome of current
litigation;
|
|
n
|
Accounting for income taxes; and
|
|
n
|
Stock-based compensation.
|
Revenue
Recognition
Harmonics principal sources of revenue are from sales of
hardware products, software products, solution sales, services
and hardware and software maintenance agreements. Harmonic
recognizes revenue when persuasive
40
evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or
services have been provided, the sale price is fixed or
determinable, collection is reasonably assured, and risk of loss
and title have transferred to the customer.
We generally use contracts and customer purchase orders to
determine the existence of an arrangement. Shipping documents
and customer acceptance, when applicable, are used to verify
delivery. We assess whether the sales price is fixed or
determinable based on the payment terms associated with the
transaction and whether the price is subject to refund or
adjustment. We assess collectibility based primarily on the
creditworthiness of the customer as determined by credit checks
and analysis, as well as the customers payment history.
We evaluate our products to assess whether software is
more-than-incidental
to a product. When we conclude that software is
more-than-incidental
to a product, we account for the product as a software product.
Revenue on software products and software-related elements are
recognized in accordance with
SOP No. 97-2,
Software Revenue Recognition. Significant judgment
may be required in determining whether a product is a software
or hardware product.
Revenue from hardware product sales is recognized in accordance
with the provisions of Staff Accounting
Bulletin No. 104, Revenue Recognition.
Subject to other revenue recognition provisions, revenue on
product sales is recognized when risk of loss and title have
transferred, which is generally upon shipment or delivery, based
on the terms of the arrangement. Revenue on shipments to
distributors, resellers and systems integrators is generally
recognized on delivery or sell-in. Allowances are provided for
estimated returns and discounts. Such allowances are adjusted
periodically to reflect actual and anticipated experience.
Distributors and systems integrators purchase our products for
specific capital equipment projects of the end-user and do not
hold inventory. They perform functions that include importation,
delivery to the end-customer, installation or integration, and
post-sales service and support. Our agreements with these
distributors and systems integrators have terms which are
generally consistent with the standard terms and conditions for
the sale of our equipment to end users and do not provide for
product rotation or pricing allowances, as are typically found
in agreements with stocking distributors. We have long-term
relationships with most of these distributors and systems
integrators and substantial experience with similar sales of
similar products. We have had extensive experience monitoring
product returns from our international distributors and
accordingly, we have concluded that the amount of future returns
can be reasonably estimated. With respect to these sales, we
evaluate the terms of sale and recognize revenue when persuasive
evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or
services have been provided, the sales price is fixed or
determinable, collectibility is reasonably assured, and risk of
loss and title have transferred.
When arrangements contain multiple elements, Harmonic evaluates
all deliverables in the arrangement at the outset of the
arrangement based on the guidance in Emerging Issues Task Force
(EITF)
No. 00-21,
Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple
Deliverables. If the undelivered elements qualify as
separate units of accounting based on the criteria in
EITF 00-21,
which include that the delivered elements have value to the
customer on a stand-alone basis and that objective and reliable
evidence of fair value exists for undelivered elements, Harmonic
allocates the arrangement fee based on the relative fair value
of the elements of the arrangement. If a delivered element does
not meet the criteria in
EITF 00-21
to be considered a separate unit of accounting, revenue is
deferred until the undelivered elements are fulfilled.
Accordingly, the determination as to whether appropriate
objective and reliable evidence of fair value exists can impact
the timing of revenue recognition for an arrangement.
For multiple element arrangements that include both hardware
products and software products, Harmonic evaluates the
arrangement based on
EITF 03-5,
Applicability of AICPA Statement of
Position 97-2
to Non-Software Deliverables in an Arrangement Containing
More-Than-Incidental
Software. In accordance with the provisions of
EITF 03-5,
the arrangement is divided between software-related elements and
non-software deliverables. Software-related elements are
accounted for as software. Software-related elements include all
41
non-software deliverables for which a software deliverable is
essential to its functionality. When software arrangements
contain multiple elements and vendor specific objective evidence
of fair value exists for all undelivered elements, Harmonic
accounts for the delivered elements in accordance with the
Residual Method prescribed by
SOP No. 98-9.
Fair value of software-related elements is based on separate
sales to other customers or upon renewal rates quoted in
contracts when the quoted renewal rates are deemed to be
substantive.
Revenue on solution sales, which principally consist of and
include the design, manufacture, test, integration and
installation of equipment to the specifications of
Harmonics customers, including equipment acquired from
third parties to be integrated with Harmonics products, is
generally recognized using the percentage of completion method
in accordance with Statement of Position
(SOP) 81-1,
Accounting for Performance of Construction/Production
Contracts. Under the percentage of completion method,
revenue recognized reflects the portion of the anticipated
contract revenue that has been earned, equal to the ratio of
internal labor costs expended to date to anticipated final
internal labor costs, based on current estimates of internal
labor costs to complete the project. If the estimated costs to
complete a project exceed the total contract amount, indicating
a loss, the entire anticipated loss is recognized. Deferred
revenue includes billings in excess of revenue recognized, net
of deferred costs of sales. Our application of
percentage-of-completion
accounting is subject to our estimates of labor costs to
complete each project. In the event that actual results differ
from these estimates or we adjust these estimates in future
periods, our operating results, financial position or cash flows
for a particular period could be adversely affected.
Revenue from hardware and software maintenance agreements is
recognized ratably over the term of the maintenance agreement.
First year maintenance typically is included in the original
arrangement and renewed on an annual basis thereafter. Services
revenue is recognized on performance of the services and costs
associated with services are recognized as incurred. Fair value
of services such as consulting and training is based upon
separate sales of these services.
Significant management judgments and estimates must be made in
connection with determination of the revenue to be recognized in
any accounting period. Because of the concentrated nature of our
customer base, different judgments or estimates made for any one
large contract or customer could result in material differences
in the amount and timing of revenue recognized in any particular
period.
Allowances for
Doubtful Accounts, Returns and Discounts
We establish allowances for doubtful accounts, returns and
discounts based on credit profiles of our customers, current
economic trends, contractual terms and conditions and historical
payment, return and discount experience, as well as for known or
expected events. If there were to be a deterioration of a major
customers creditworthiness or if actual defaults, returns
or discounts were higher than our historical experience, our
operating results, financial position and cash flows could be
adversely affected. At December 31, 2006, our allowances
for doubtful accounts, returns and discounts totaled
$4.5 million.
Valuation of
Inventories
Harmonic states inventories at the lower of cost or market. We
write down the cost of excess or obsolete inventory to net
realizable value based on future demand forecasts and historical
usage. If there were to be a sudden and significant decrease in
demand for our products, or if there were a higher incidence of
inventory obsolescence because of rapidly changing technology
and customer requirements, we could be required to record
additional charges for excess and obsolete inventory and our
gross margin could be adversely affected. Inventory management
is of critical importance in order to balance the need to
maintain strategic inventory levels to ensure competitive lead
times against the risk of inventory obsolescence because of
rapidly changing technology and customer requirements.
42
Impairment of
Goodwill or Long-lived Assets
We perform an evaluation of the carrying value of goodwill on an
annual basis and of intangibles and other long-lived assets
whenever we become aware of an event or change in circumstances
that would indicate potential impairment. We evaluate the
recoverability of other intangible assets and long-lived assets
on the basis of undiscounted cash flows from each asset group.
If impairment is indicated, provisions for impairment are
determined based on fair value, principally using discounted
cash flows. Changes in industry and market conditions or the
strategic realignment of our resources could result in an
impairment of identified intangibles, goodwill or long-lived
assets. There can be no assurance that future impairment tests
will not result in a charge to earnings. Our review of
intangibles in 2006 determined that the remaining balance of
$1.0 million of the intangibles acquired as a result of the
BTL acquisition in February 2005 had been impaired. At
December 31, 2006, our carrying values for goodwill and
intangible assets totaled $37.1 million and
$16.6 million, respectively.
Restructuring
Costs and Accruals for Excess Facilities
For restructuring activities initiated prior to
December 31, 2002 we recorded restructuring costs when
Harmonic committed to an exit plan and significant changes to
the exit plan were not likely. Harmonic determines the excess
facilities accrual based on estimates of expected sublease
rental income for each excess facility. For restructuring
activities initiated after December 31, 2002, the Company
adopted SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs
Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities, which
requires that a liability for costs associated with an exit or
disposal activity be recognized and measured initially at fair
value only when the liability is incurred. At December 31,
2006, our accrual for excess facilities totaled
$22.7 million.
Assessment of the
Probability of the Outcome of Current Litigation
Harmonic records accruals for loss contingencies when it is
probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of
loss can be reasonably estimated. Based on Harmonics
review of the complaints filed in the securities class action
and other pending litigation, Harmonic believes that it either
has meritorious defenses with respect to those actions and
claims or is unable to predict the impact of an adverse action
and, accordingly, no loss contingencies have been accrued. There
can be no assurance, however, that we will prevail. An
unfavorable outcome of these legal proceedings could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial position,
operating results or cash flows.
Accounting for
Income Taxes
In preparation of our financial statements, we estimate our
income taxes for each of the jurisdictions in which we operate.
This involves estimating our actual current tax exposures and
assessing temporary differences resulting from differing
treatment of items, such as reserves and accruals, for tax and
accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax
assets and liabilities, which are included within our
consolidated balance sheet. If it is not more likely than not
that we will realize our deferred tax assets we record a
valuation allowance. At December 31, 2006 we have fully
reserved for our net deferred tax assets related to temporary
differences and net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards
and held a valuation allowance of $120.0 million.
While the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) did not
materially affect our effective tax rate in fiscal 2006, our
effective tax rate in future periods may be significantly
impacted. SFAS No. 123(R) requires that the tax
benefit of stock options deductions relating to incentive stock
options be recorded in the period of disqualifying disposition.
This could result in significant fluctuations in our effective
tax rate between accounting periods. In addition, the effective
tax rate may be negatively impacted by foreign stock option
expense that may not be deductible in the foreign jurisdictions.
43
Significant management judgment is required in determining our
provision for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and
liabilities and our future taxable income for purposes of
assessing our ability to realize any future benefit from our
deferred tax assets. In the event that actual results differ
from these estimates or we adjust these estimates in future
periods, our operating results and financial position could be
materially affected.
Stock-based
Compensation
On January 1, 2006, the Company adopted Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R),
Share-Based Payment, (SFAS 123(R))
which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation
expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and
directors, including employee stock options and employee stock
purchases related to our Employee Stock Purchase Plan
(ESPP) based upon the grant-date fair value of those
awards. SFAS 123(R) supersedes the Companys previous
accounting under Accounting Principles Board Opinion
No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees (APB 25) and related
interpretations, and the required pro forma disclosures
prescribed by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation, (SFAS 123) as amended. In
addition, we have applied the provisions of Staff Accounting
Bulletin No. 107 (SAB 107), issued by
the Securities and Exchange Commission, in our adoption of
SFAS No. 123(R).
The Company adopted SFAS 123(R) using the
modified-prospective transition method, which requires the
application of the accounting standard as of January 1,
2006, the first day of the Companys fiscal year 2006. The
Companys Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for
the year ended December 31, 2006 reflect the impact of
SFAS 123(R). In accordance with the modified prospective
transition method, the Companys Consolidated Financial
Statements for prior periods have not been restated to reflect,
and do not include, the impact of SFAS 123(R). Stock-based
compensation expense recognized under SFAS 123(R) for the
year ended December 31, 2006 was $5.7 million, which
consisted of stock-based compensation expense related to
employee equity awards and employee stock purchases. There was
no stock-based compensation expense related to employee equity
awards and employee stock purchases recognized during the year
ended December 31, 2005.
SFAS 123(R) requires companies to estimate the fair value
of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an
option-pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that
is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the
requisite service period in the Companys Consolidated
Statement of Operations. Prior to the adoption of
SFAS 123(R), the Company accounted for employee equity
awards and employee stock purchases using the intrinsic value
method in accordance with APB 25 as allowed under
SFAS 123. Under the intrinsic value method, no stock-based
compensation expense had been recognized in the Companys
Consolidated Statement of Operations because the exercise price
of the Companys stock options granted to employees and
directors equaled the fair market value of the underlying stock
at the date of grant.
Stock-based compensation expense recognized during the period is
based on the value of the portion of share-based payment awards
that is ultimately expected to vest during the period.
Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the
Companys Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year
ended December 31, 2006 included compensation expense for
share-based payment awards granted prior to, but not yet vested
as of December 31, 2005 based on the grant date fair value
estimated in accordance with the pro forma provisions of
SFAS 123 and compensation expense for the share-based
payment awards granted subsequent to December 31, 2005
based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with
the provisions of SFAS 123(R). In conjunction with the
adoption of SFAS 123(R), the Company changed its method of
attributing the value of stock-based compensation costs to
expense from the accelerated multiple-option method to the
straight-line single-option method. Compensation expense for all
share-based payment awards granted on or prior to
December 31, 2005 will continue to be recognized using the
accelerated approach while compensation expense for all
share-based payment awards related to stock options and employee
stock purchase rights granted subsequent to December 31,
2005 are recognized using the straight-line method.
44
As stock-based compensation expense recognized in our results
for the year ended December 31, 2006 is based on awards
ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for estimated
forfeitures. SFAS 123(R) requires forfeitures to be
estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in
subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those
estimates. Prior to fiscal year 2006, we accounted for
forfeitures as they occurred for the purposes of pro forma
information under SFAS 123, as disclosed in our Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements for the related periods.
The fair value of share-based payment awards is estimated at
grant date using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The
Companys determination of fair value of share-based
payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing
model is affected by the Companys stock price as well as
the assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and
subjective variables. These variables include, but are not
limited to, the Companys expected stock price volatility
over the term of the awards, and actual and projected employee
stock option exercise behaviors.
On November 10, 2005, the Financial Accounting Standards
Board (FASB) issued FASB Staff Position
No. FAS 123(R)-3,
Transition Election Related to Accounting for Tax Effects
of Share-Based payment Awards, (FSP
123(R)-3).
We have elected to adopt the alternative transition method
provided in the
FSP 123(R)-3
for calculating the tax effects of stock-based compensation
pursuant to SFAS 123(R). The alternative transition method
provides a simplified method to establish the beginning balance
of the additional
paid-in-capital
pool (APIC Pool) related to the tax effects of
employee stock-based compensation, and to determine the
subsequent impact on the APIC Pool and consolidated statements
of cash flows of the tax effects of employee stock-based
compensation awards that are outstanding upon adoption of
SFAS 123(R). The adoption of
FSP 123(R)-3
did not have an impact on our overall consolidated financial
position, results of operations or cash flows.
Consistent with prior years, we use the with and
without approach as described in EITF Topic
No. D-32
in determining the order in which our tax attributes are
utilized. The with and without approach results in
the recognition of the windfall stock option tax benefits only
after all other tax attributes of ours have been considered in
the annual tax accrual computation. Also consistent with prior
years, we consider the indirect effects of the windfall
deduction on the computation of other tax attributes, such as
the R&D credit and the domestic production activities
deduction, as an additional component of equity. This
incremental tax effect is recorded to additional
paid-in-capital
when realized.
45
Results of
Operations
Harmonics historical consolidated statements of operations
data for each of the three years ended December 31, 2006,
2005, and 2004 as a percentage of net sales, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
100%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
|
|
100%
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Interest and other income, net
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
1%
|
|
|
|
(2)%
|
|
|
|
1%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
Sales
Net
Sales Consolidated
Harmonics consolidated net sales, for each of the three
years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, are presented
in the table below. Also presented is the related dollar and
percentage increase (decrease) in consolidated net sales as
compared with the prior year, for each of the two years ended
December 31, 2006 and 2005.
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product Sales
Data
|
|
(in thousands,
except percentages)
|
|
|
Video Processing
|
|
$
|
96,855
|
|
|
$
|
125,416
|
|
|
$
|
126,173
|
|
Edge and Access
|
|
|
109,529
|
|
|
|
96,645
|
|
|
|
92,960
|
|
Software, Support and Other
|
|
|
41,300
|
|
|
|
35,317
|
|
|
|
29,173
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
247,684
|
|
|
$
|
257,378
|
|
|
$
|
248,306
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Video Processing decrease
|
|
$
|
(28,561)
|
|
|
$
|
(757)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Edge and Access increase
|
|
|
12,884
|
|
|
|
3,685
|
|
|
|
|
|
Software, Support and Other increase
|
|
|
5,983
|
|
|
|
6,144
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total increase (decrease)
|
|
$
|
(9,694)
|
|
|
|
9,072
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Video Processing percent change
|
|
|
(22.8)%
|
|
|
|
(0.6)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
Edge and Access percent change
|
|
|
13.3%
|
|
|
|
4.0%
|
|
|
|
|
|
Software, Support and Other percent
change
|
|
|
16.9%
|
|
|
|
21.1%
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total percent change
|
|
|
(3.8)%
|
|
|
|
3.7%
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales decreased in 2006 compared to 2005 principally due to
the decrease in the sales of FTTP products and third party
products to our end customers, delays in the completion of
certain projects for international telco customers and decreased
spending by domestic cable customers for major digital headend
projects. In the video processing product line, sales of encoder
and stream processing products decreased by approximately
$12.1 million in 2006 compared to 2005 due to lower
spending for major digital headend projects by domestic cable
companies. In addition, sales of third party products to end
customers decreased by approximately $15.7 million in 2006
compared to 2005. The decrease in our net sales in 2006 from
2005 were partially offset by increases in sales from our edge
and access product line. Sales of VOD products increased as
telcos and cable operators continued to introduce and expand
video and other services, primarily in the U.S. and European
markets. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in
sales to a major domestic telco customer.
Net sales increased in 2005 compared to 2004 due to increased
shipments to domestic cable customers and continued rollout of
new services, such as VOD and HDTV. In the video processing
product lines, net sales decreased primarily due to lower
shipments to domestic cable operators which were mostly offset
by increased sales of third party products. The edge and access
product line experienced an increase in sales in 2005 compared
to 2004 as sales to international telcos, primarily in Europe,
increased significantly, which were partially offset by a
decrease in sales to a major domestic telco customer. Service
and support revenue increased in 2005 compared to 2004 primarily
due to an increase in the number of customers obtaining
maintenance agreements.
47
Net
Sales Geographic
Harmonics domestic and international net sales as compared
with the prior year, for each of the three years ended
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, are presented in the
table below. Also presented is the related dollar and percentage
increase (decrease) in domestic and international net sales as
compared with the prior year, for each of the two years ended
December 31, 2006 and 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
Geographic Sales
Data
|
|
(in thousands,
except percentages)
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
$
|
126,420
|
|
|
$
|
153,264
|
|
|
$
|
143,818
|
|
International
|
|
|
121,264
|
|
|
|
104,114
|
|
|
|
104,488
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
247,684
|
|
|
$
|
257,378
|
|
|
$
|
248,306
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. increase (decrease)
|
|
$
|
(26,844)
|
|
|
$
|
9,446
|
|
|
|
|
|
International increase
|
|
|
17,150
|
|
|
|
(374)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total increase (decrease)
|
|
$
|
(9,694)
|
|
|
$
|
9,072
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. percent change
|
|
|
(17.5)%
|
|
|
|
6.6%
|
|
|
|
|
|
International percent change
|
|
|
16.5%
|
|
|
|
(0.4)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total percent change
|
|
|
(3.8)%
|
|
|
|
3.7%
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales in the U.S. decreased significantly in 2006
compared to 2005 primarily due to lower sales of third party
products, lower spending for major digital headend projects by
domestic cable companies and lower sales to a major domestic
telco customer. International sales in 2006 increased
significantly compared to 2005 primarily due to an increase in
sales to telcos in the European market. The increased
international sales in 2006 as compared to 2005, was also due to
increased international capital spending by customers, primarily
in Europe, Canada and Asia. We expect that international sales
will continue to account for a significant portion of our net
sales for the foreseeable future.
Net sales in the U.S. increased in 2005 compared to 2004
primarily due to stronger spending by domestic cable customers
for major digital headend projects and for upgrades of networks
related to the continued rollout of new services, such as VOD
and HDTV. Also, sales for a major telco increased in 2005
compared to 2004 as shipments of our optical products for
domestic FTTP projects increased. The small decrease in
international sales in 2005 as compared to 2004 was due to a
major upgrade by a Japanese customer of its satellite facilities
in 2004, which was substantially offset by increased
international capital spending in 2005, primarily in Europe.
48
Gross
Profit
Harmonics gross profit and gross profit as a percentage of
consolidated net sales, for each of the three years ended
December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 are presented in the
table below. Also presented is the related dollar and percentage
increase in gross profit as compared with the prior year, for
each of the two years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands,
except percentages)
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
$
|
101,446
|
|
|
$
|
93,948
|
|
|
$
|
104,495
|
|
As a % of net sales
|
|
|
41.0%
|
|
|
|
36.5%
|
|
|
|
42.1%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase (decrease)
|
|
$
|
7,498
|
|
|
$
|
(10,547)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
8.0%
|
|
|
|
(10.1)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
The increase in gross profit in 2006 compared to 2005 was
primarily due to an increase in gross margin, which was
partially offset by higher amortization and impairment of
intangibles and stock-based compensation expense. The gross
margin percentage in 2006 compared to 2005 was higher primarily
due to increased gross margins on video processing products from
the introduction of new products and a higher proportion of
software and service revenue, which carry higher gross margins
than the average gross margins for our products, and lower sales
of third party products to our end customers in 2006 compared to
2005, sales of which products have significantly lower gross
margins than the average gross margin on sales of our products.
In 2006, $1.7 million of expense related to intangibles was
included in cost of sales compared to $1.3 million in 2005.
As a result of the impairment of the intangibles associated with
the BTL acquisition, a charge of $0.8 million was recorded
in 2006, which was partially offset by lower amortization due to
certain intangibles becoming fully amortized. Stock-based
compensation expense recorded to cost of sales was approximately
$1.0 million in 2006 with no expense in 2005 due to the
adoption of SFAS No. 123(R). We expect to record a
total of approximately $3.9 million in amortization of
intangibles in cost of sales in 2007 related to the acquisition
of Entone in December 2006.
The decrease in gross profit in 2005 compared to 2004 was
primarily due to lower margins associated with the sales of FTTP
products for a major telco, the sales of third party products to
our end customers, which carry a much lower margin than our
average product margins, and to an increase in the writedown of
obsolete and excess inventory, primarily due to the introduction
of new products. In addition, our gross profit in 2005 was
reduced because of higher manufacturing costs due to the ramp up
of FTTP product manufacturing. Gross profit for 2005 included a
benefit of $0.9 million related to products sold for which
the cost basis had been written down in prior years, as compared
to a benefit of $4.0 million related to such products in
2004. In 2005, $1.3 million of amortization of intangibles
was included in cost of sales compared to $6.2 million in
2004. The lower amortization in 2005 was due to the intangibles
arising from the DiviCom acquisition becoming fully amortized.
49
Research and
Development
Harmonics research and development expense and the expense
as a percentage of consolidated net sales for each of the three
years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 are presented
in the table below. Also presented is the related dollar and
percentage increase (decrease) in research and development
expense as compared with the prior year, for each of the two
years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands,
except percentages)
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
$
|
39,455
|
|
|
$
|
38,168
|
|
|
$
|
35,585
|
|
As a % of net sales
|
|
|
15.9%
|
|
|
|
14.8%
|
|
|
|
14.3%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase
|
|
$
|
1,287
|
|
|
$
|
2,583
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
3.4%
|
|
|
|
7.3%
|
|
|
|
|
|
The increase in research and development expense in 2006
compared to 2005 was primarily the result of stock-based
compensation expense of $1.6 million and increased use of
outside consulting services associated with the development of
new products of $1.5 million, which was partially offset by
lower compensation expense of $0.9 million from reductions
in headcount and lower prototype materials expense of
$0.5 million.
The increase in research and development expense in 2005
compared to 2004 was primarily the result of increased
compensation costs of $1.8 million, primarily from
headcount increases, increased expenses for prototype materials
of $0.9 million and, higher costs for services provided by
third parties of $0.5 million, partially offset by lower
depreciation and overhead costs of $0.6 million.
Selling, General
and Administrative
Harmonics selling, general and administrative expense and
the expense as a percentage of consolidated net sales, for each
of the three years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004
are presented in the table below. Also presented is the related
dollar and percentage increase in selling, general and
administrative expense as compared with the prior year, for each
of the two years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands,
except percentages)
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
$
|
65,243
|
|
|
$
|
61,475
|
|
|
$
|
59,742
|
|
As a % of net sales
|
|
|
26.3%
|
|
|
|
23.9%
|
|
|
|
24.1%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase
|
|
$
|
3,768
|
|
|
$
|
1,733
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
6.1%
|
|
|
|
2.9%
|
|
|
|
|
|
The increase in selling, general and administrative expense in
2006 compared to 2005 was primarily due to stock-based
compensation expense of $3.1 million due to the adoption of
SFAS 123(R) in 2006, the net excess facilities charge of
$2.1 million related to the campus consolidation and higher
compensation expenses of $0.3 million, which were partially
offset by lower facilities overhead expenses of
$1.7 million, lower outside services expenses of
$0.8 million and lower corporate governance costs of
$0.5 million. The net excess facilities
50
charge of $2.1 million in 2006 was the result of the campus
consolidation, compared to the benefit of $1.1 million in
2005 from the subleasing of an existing excess facility.
The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses in
2005 compared to 2004 was primarily due to higher marketing and
travel expenses of $1.7 million, increased expenses
following the acquisition of BTL of $1.1 million, increased
use of temporary labor and consulting services of
$1.1 million, increased outside professional services
expenses of $0.7 million, higher bad debts expenses of
$0.4 million and increased corporate governance costs of
$0.4 million, partially offset by decreased compensation
expenses of $2.6 million. Also, in the fourth quarter of
2005, a benefit of $1.1 million was recorded from the
reversal of previously recorded excess facility costs due to the
subleasing of an excess facility. Marketing and travel expenses
increased in 2005 compared to 2004 primarily from increased
trade show expenses. The decrease in compensation costs in 2005
compared to 2004 was primarily due to lower commission and
incentive related expenses, partially offset by increased
headcount in the sales and marketing areas.
Amortization and
Write-off of Intangibles
Harmonics amortization of intangibles expense and the
expense as a percentage of consolidated net sales, for each of
the three years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 are
presented in the table below. Also presented is the related
dollar and percentage increase (decrease) in amortization of
intangibles expense as compared with the prior year, for each of
the two years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands,
except percentages)
|
|
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
$
|
470
|
|
|
$
|
1,349
|
|
|
$
|
7,732
|
|
As a % of net sales
|
|
|
0.2%
|
|
|
|
0.5%
|
|
|
|
3.1%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Decrease)
|
|
$
|
(879)
|
|
|
$
|
(6,383)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
(65.2)%
|
|
|
|
(82.6)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
The decrease in amortization of intangibles in 2006 compared to
2005 was due to the completion of amortization of certain items
acquired in connection with the BTL transaction during 2006, and
the completion of amortization of the DiviCom intangible assets
during the first quarter of 2005, which was partially offset by
the expense of approximately $0.2 million for the
impairment of BTL intangibles. Harmonic expects to record a
total of approximately $0.4 million in amortization of
intangibles in operating expenses in 2007 related to the
intangible assets resulting from the acquisition of Entone in
December 2006.
The decrease in amortization of intangibles in 2005 compared to
2004 was due to the completion of amortization of the DiviCom
intangible assets during the first quarter of 2005.
51
Interest Income,
Net
Harmonics interest income, net, and interest income, net
as a percentage of consolidated net sales, for each of the three
years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 are presented
in the table below. Also presented is the related dollar and
percentage increase in interest income, net as compared with the
prior year, for each of the two years ended December 31,
2006 and 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands,
except percentages)
|
|
|
Interest income, net
|
|
$
|
4,616
|
|
|
$
|
2,665
|
|
|
$
|
1,554
|
|
As a % of net sales
|
|
|
1.9%
|
|
|
|
1.0%
|
|
|
|
0.6%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase
|
|
$
|
1,951
|
|
|
$
|
1,111
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
73.2%
|
|
|
|
71.5%
|
|
|
|
|
|
The increase in interest income, net in 2006 compared to 2005
was primarily due to higher interest rates on our cash and
short-term investments portfolio and lower interest expense due
to a lower debt balance in 2006 as compared to 2005.
The increase in interest income, net in 2005 compared to 2004
was due to a larger cash and short-term investment portfolio
during 2005 as compared to 2004 and higher interest rates
experienced on the cash and short-term investments portfolio in
2005 compared to 2004.
Other Income
(Expense), Net
Harmonics other income (expense), net and other income
(expense), net, as a percentage of consolidated net sales, for
each of the three years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and
2004 are presented in the table below. Also presented is the
related dollar and percentage increase (decrease) in other
income (expense), net, as compared with the prior year, for each
of the two years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands,
except percentages)
|
|
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
$
|
722
|
|
|
$
|
(915)
|
|
|
$
|
(827)
|
|
As a % of net sales
|
|
|
0.3%
|
|
|
|
(0.4)%
|
|
|
|
(0.3)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase (Decrease)
|
|
$
|
1,637
|
|
|
$
|
(88)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
178.9%
|
|
|
|
(10.6)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
The increase in other income, net in 2006 compared to other
expense, net in 2005 was primarily due to the increase in gains
on foreign exchange, resulting from a decrease in the value of
the U.S. dollar compared to the Euro and Pound Sterling in
2006. As such, we experienced a foreign exchange gain as a
result of sales denominated in Euros and Pounds Sterling upon
the conversion of such currencies into U.S. dollars.
The increase in other expense, net in 2005 compared to 2004 was
primarily due to the increase in losses on foreign exchange of
$0.1 million in 2005.
52
Income
Taxes
Harmonics provision for income taxes, and provision for
income taxes as a percentage of consolidated net sales, for each
of the three years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004
are presented in the table below. Also presented is the related
dollar and percentage increase (decrease) in provision for
income taxes as compared with the prior year, for each of the
two years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands,
except percentages)
|
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
$
|
609
|
|
|
$
|
437
|
|
|
$
|
589
|
|
As a % of net sales
|
|
|
0.2%
|
|
|
|
0.2%
|
|
|
|
0.2%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase (decrease)
|
|
$
|
172
|
|
|
$
|
(152)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent change
|
|
|
39.4%
|
|
|
|
(25.8)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
The provision for income taxes in 2006 is principally due to
federal alternative minimum tax and foreign income taxes. The
provisions for income taxes in 2005 and 2004 were principally
due to foreign income taxes. Harmonic recorded provisions for
income taxes of $0.6 million, $0.4 million and
$0.6 million in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The
valuation allowance was $122.9 million in 2004, increased
to $130.7 million in 2005 and decreased to
$120.0 million in 2006. The valuation allowance is for the
full amount of our net deferred tax asset that we have
accumulated because of our historical operating losses, because
realization of any future benefit from deductible temporary
differences, net operating losses and tax credit carry forwards
was not more likely than not at December 31, 2006 and
December 31, 2005. Our deferred tax liabilities relate to
purchase accounting for the Entone acquisition.
Segments
Through December 31, 2005, Harmonics management used
income from segment operations, CS and BAN, as its measure of
segment profitability. Income from segment operations excludes
intangible amortization expense, corporate expenses, including
excess facilities charges, and interest and other income, net.
See Note 14 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
Effective January 1, 2006, Harmonic implemented a new
organizational structure, and we have operated as a single
operating segment and reported our financial results as a single
segment since that time.
Liquidity and
Capital Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year
Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands,
except percentages)
|
|
|
Cash, cash equivalents and
short-term investments
|
|
$
|
92,371
|
|
|
$
|
110,828
|
|
|
$
|
100,607
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in)
operating activities
|
|
$
|
8,634
|
|
|
$
|
16,054
|
|
|
$
|
(9,022)
|
|
Net cash used in investing
activities
|
|
$
|
(16,953)
|
|
|
$
|
(10,321)
|
|
|
$
|
(10,065)
|
|
Net cash provided by financing
activities
|
|
$
|
3,884
|
|
|
$
|
5,319
|
|
|
$
|
3,877
|
|
As of December 31, 2006, cash, cash equivalents and
short-term investments totaled $92.4 million, compared to
$110.8 million as of December 31, 2005. Cash provided
by operations was $8.6 million in 2006 compared to
53
$16.1 million in 2005. The decrease in cash provided by
operations in 2006 was primarily due to higher accounts
receivable, prepaid expenses and inventories, which was
partially offset by higher accounts payable and deferred
revenue. The higher accounts receivable was due to the increase
and timing in sales in the fourth quarter of 2006 to
$75.3 million in 2006 compared to $63.7 million in the
corresponding period of 2005. The higher inventory was primarily
due to the buildup of new products in anticipation of 2007
sales. The higher accounts payable was primarily due to
increased inventory purchases and the timing of payments.
Deferred revenue and the related deferred costs increased
primarily due to the timing of customer acceptance and an
increased number of projects in progress.
Net cash used in investing activities was $17.0 million,
resulting primarily from $26.3 million of cash used in the
purchase of Entone in December 2006 and the additions to
property, plant and equipment of $5.1 million in 2006,
primarily from the acquisition of test equipment, which was
partially offset by net proceeds from investments of
$14.4 million. Harmonic currently expects capital
expenditures to be approximately $5.0 to $6.0 million
during 2007.
Under the terms of the merger agreement with C-Cube, Harmonic is
generally liable for C-Cubes pre-merger liabilities.
Approximately $9.1 million of pre-merger liabilities
remained outstanding at December 31, 2006 and are included
in accrued liabilities. These liabilities represent estimates of
C-Cubes pre-merger obligations to various authorities in
11 countries. We are working with LSI Logic, which acquired
C-Cubes spun-off semiconductor business from us in June
2001 and assumed its obligations, to settle these obligations, a
process which has been underway since the merger in 2000.
Although we expect to make payments in 2007 for these
liabilities, including a payment of $2.4 million Harmonic
made in January 2007, we are unable to predict when the
remaining obligations will be paid. The full amount of the
estimated obligation has been classified as a current liability.
To the extent that these obligations are finally settled for
less than the amounts provided, Harmonic is required, under the
terms of the merger agreement, to refund the difference to LSI
Logic. Conversely, if the settlements are more than the
$6.7 million pre-merger liability balance after the January
2007 payments, LSI is obligated to reimburse Harmonic.
Harmonic has a bank line credit facility with Silicon Valley
Bank, which provides for borrowings of up to $22.9 million,
including $2.9 million for equipment under a secured term
loan. This facility, which was amended and restated in December
2006, expires on March 15, 2007 and contains financial and
other covenants including the requirement for Harmonic to
maintain cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, net
of credit extensions, of not less than $30.0 million. If
Harmonic is unable to maintain this cash, cash equivalents and
short-term investments balance or satisfy the additional
affirmative covenant requirements, Harmonic would be in
noncompliance with the facility. In the event of noncompliance
by Harmonic with the covenants under the facility, Silicon
Valley Bank would be entitled to exercise its remedies under the
facility which include declaring all obligations immediately due
and payable and disposing of the collateral if obligations were
not repaid. At December 31, 2006, Harmonic was in
compliance with the covenants under this line of credit
facility. The December 2006 amendment resulted in the company
paying a fee of approximately $6,000 and requiring payment of
approximately $43,000 of additional fees if the Company does not
maintain an unrestricted deposit of $20.0 million with the
bank. Future borrowings pursuant to the line bear interest at
the banks prime rate (8.25% at December 31,
2006) or prime plus 0.5% for equipment borrowings.
Borrowings are repayable monthly and are collateralized by all
of Harmonics assets except intellectual property. As of
December 31, 2006, $0.5 million was outstanding under
the equipment term loan portion of this facility and there were
no borrowings in 2006. The term loan is payable monthly,
including principal and interest at 8.75% per annum on
outstanding borrowings as of December 31, 2006 and matures
at various dates through December 2007. Other than standby
letters of credit and guarantees (Note 16), there were no
other outstanding borrowings or commitments under the line of
credit facility as of December 31, 2006. The Company is in
the final stages of negotiation with Silicon Valley Bank to
renew the expiring credit facility. We expect to execute before
the end of March an amendment to the Loan and Security Agreement
on substantially similar or better terms for a period of
approximately one year.
54
Harmonics cash and investment balances at
December 31, 2006 were $92.4 million. We currently
believe that our existing liquidity sources will satisfy our
requirements for at least the next twelve months, including the
final settlement and payment of C-Cubes pre-merger
liabilities. We are also in the process of renewing our bank
line credit facility which would further enhance our liquidity
sources. However, we may need to raise additional funds if our
expectations or estimates change or prove inaccurate, or to take
advantage of unanticipated opportunities or to strengthen our
financial position. In April 2005, we filed a registration
statement on
Form S-3
with the SEC. Pursuant to this registration statement on
Form S-3,
which has been declared effective by the SEC, we are able to
issue various types of registered securities, including common
stock, preferred stock, debt securities, and warrants to
purchase common stock from time to time, up to an aggregate of
approximately $200 million, subject to market conditions
and our capital needs.
We actively review potential acquisitions that would complement
our existing product offerings, enhance our technical
capabilities or expand our marketing and sales presence. Any
future transaction of this nature could require potentially
significant amounts of capital or could require us to issue our
stock and dilute existing stockholders. If adequate funds are
not available, or are not available on acceptable terms, we may
not be able to take advantage of market opportunities, to
develop new products or to otherwise respond to competitive
pressures.
Our ability to raise funds may be adversely affected by a number
of factors relating to Harmonic, as well as factors beyond our
control, including increased market uncertainty surrounding the
ongoing U.S. war on terrorism, as well as conditions in
capital markets and the cable and satellite industries. There
can be no assurance that any financing will be available on
terms acceptable to us, if at all.
Off-Balance Sheet
Arrangements
None as of December 31, 2006.
55
Contractual
Obligations and Commitments
Future payments under contractual obligations, and other
commercial commitments, as of December 31, 2006, were as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by
Period
|
|
|
|
Total Amounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Committed
|
|
|
1 year or
less
|
|
|
2 - 3 years
|
|
|
4 - 5 years
|
|
|
Over
5 years
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contractual
Obligations
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
|
Operating Leases(1)
|
|
$
|
48,602
|
|
|
$
|
13,305
|
|
|
$
|
25,625
|
|
|
$
|
9,672
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Inventory Purchase Commitments
|
|
|
32,818
|
|
|
|
32,818
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-Cube Pre-Merger Liabilities
|
|
|
9,099
|
|
|
|
9,099
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-Term Debt
|
|
|
460
|
|
|
|
460
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest payments on long-term debt
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency forward exchange
contracts
|
|
|
9,344
|
|
|
|
9,344
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital lease obligations
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Contractual Obligations
|
|
$
|
100,413
|
|
|
$
|
65,116
|
|
|
$
|
25,625
|
|
|
$
|
9,672
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by
Period
|
|
|
|
Total Amounts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Committed
|
|
|
1 year or
less
|
|
|
2 - 3 years
|
|
|
4 - 5 years
|
|
|
Over
5 years
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of
Commitment Expiration Per Period
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
|
Other Commercial
Commitments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Standby Letters of Credit
|
|
$
|
845
|
|
|
$
|
845
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Indemnifications(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guarantees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Commercial Commitments
|
|
$
|
845
|
|
|
$
|
845
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.
|
|
Operating lease commitments include
$26.4 million of accrued excess facilities costs.
|
|
2.
|
|
Harmonic indemnifies some of its
suppliers and customers for specified intellectual property
rights pursuant to certain parameters and restrictions. The
scope of these indemnities varies, but in some instances,
includes indemnification for damages and expenses (including
reasonable attorneys fees). There have been no claims for
indemnification and, accordingly, no amounts have been accrued
in respect of the indemnification provisions at
December 31, 2006.
|
As part of the terms of the Agreement and Plan of Merger with
Entone Technologies, Inc., Harmonic is obligated to purchase a
convertible note with a face amount of $2.5 million in the
new spun off private company subject to its closing of an
initial round of equity financing in which at least
$4 million is invested by third parties. This amount has
not yet been funded.
New Accounting
Pronouncements
In March 2006, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached a
consensus on Issue
No. 06-3,
How Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to
Government Authorities Should Be Presented in the Income
Statement (That Is, Gross versus Net Presentation) (EITF
No. 06-3).
The Company is required to adopt the provisions of EITF
No. 06-3
beginning in fiscal year 2007. The Company does not expect the
provisions of EITF
No. 06-3
to have a material impact on the Companys consolidated
financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
56
In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48,
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an
interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109
(FIN 48). FIN 48 prescribes a comprehensive model for
how a company should recognize, measure, present, and disclose
in its financial statements uncertain tax positions that the
company has taken or expects to take on a tax return.
FIN 48 will be effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2006. We are currently in the process of
evaluating the effect, if any, FIN 48 will have on our
consolidated financial statements.
In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued
Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, Considering
the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying
Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements
(SAB 108). SAB 108 provides guidance on how prior year
misstatements should be taken into consideration when
quantifying misstatements in current year financial statements
for purposes of determining whether the current years
financial statements are materially misstated. SAB 108 is
effective for fiscal years ending after November 15, 2006.
The adoption of SAB 108 did not have a material impact on
our financial statements.
In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value
Measurements (SFAS No. 157). This statement
clarifies the definition of fair value, establishes a framework
for measuring fair value, and expands the disclosures on fair
value measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective for
fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We have not
determined the effect, if any, the adoption of this statement
will have on our results of operations or financial position.
In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 158, Employers
Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement
Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 106, and
132(R) (SFAS No. 158). SFAS No. 158
requires companies to recognize a net liability or asset and an
offsetting adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income
to report the funded status of defined benefit pension and other
postretirement benefit plans. SFAS No. 158 requires
prospective application, and the recognition and disclosure
requirements are effective for the Companys fiscal year
ending December 31, 2006. Additionally,
SFAS No. 158 requires companies to measure plan assets
and obligations at their year-end balance sheet date. This
requirement is effective for fiscal years ending after
December 15, 2008. The adoption of SFAS No. 158
did not have a material impact on our financial statements.
|
|
Item 7A.
|
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
|
Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact the
operating results, financial position, or liquidity of Harmonic
due to adverse changes in market prices and rates. Harmonic is
exposed to market risk because of changes in interest rates and
foreign currency exchange rates as measured against the
U.S. Dollar and currencies of Harmonics subsidiaries.
Foreign Currency
Exchange Risk
Harmonic sales are generally denominated in U.S. dollars.
Sales denominated in foreign currencies were approximately 11%
of net sales in 2006 and 7% of net sales in 2005. In addition,
the Company has various international branch offices that
provide sales support and systems integration services.
Periodically, Harmonic enters into foreign currency forward
exchange contracts (forward contracts) to manage
exposure related to accounts receivable denominated in foreign
currencies. Harmonic does not enter into derivative financial
instruments for trading purposes. At December 31, 2006, we
had a forward exchange contract to sell Euros totaling
$9.3 million that matured within the first quarter of 2007.
While Harmonic does not anticipate that near-term changes in
exchange rates will have a material impact on Harmonics
operating results, financial position and liquidity, Harmonic
cannot assure you that a sudden and significant change in the
value of local currencies would not harm Harmonics
operating results, financial position and liquidity.
57
Interest Rate
Risk
Exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relate
primarily to Harmonics investment portfolio of marketable
debt securities of various issuers, types and maturities and to
Harmonics borrowings under its bank line of credit
facility. Harmonic does not use derivative instruments in its
investment portfolio, and its investment portfolio only includes
highly liquid instruments with an original maturity of less than
two years. These investments are classified as available for
sale and are carried at estimated fair value, with material
unrealized gains and losses reported in other comprehensive
income. There is risk that losses could be incurred if Harmonic
were to sell any of its securities prior to stated maturity. We
do not believe that a 10% change in interest rates would have a
material impact on financial conditions, results of operations
or cash flows in 2007.
|
|
Item 8.
|
Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data
|
Managements
Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining
adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in
Rule 13a-15(f)
and 15(d)-15(f) of the Exchange Act. Because of its inherent
limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not
prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any
evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the
risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in
conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or
procedures may deteriorate. Our management assessed the
effectiveness of Harmonics internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2006. In making this
assessment, we used the criteria set forth by the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in
Internal Control Integrated Framework. Based on our
assessment using those criteria, we concluded that as of
December 31, 2006, Harmonics internal control over
financial reporting was effective. Our managements
assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2006 has been
audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered
public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears
on page 60 of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
58
(a) Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
Report of Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of
December 31, 2006, and 2005
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of
Operations for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and
2004
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of
Stockholders Equity for the years ended December 31,
2006, 2005, and 2004
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash
Flows for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
Financial Statement Schedules:
|
Financial statement schedules have been omitted because the
information is not required to be set forth herein, is not
applicable or is included in the financial statements or notes
thereto.
|
|
(c) |
Selected Quarterly Financial Data: The following table sets
forth for the period indicated selected quarterly financial data
for the Company.
|
Quarterly Data
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4th
|
|
|
3rd
|
|
|
2nd
|
|
|
1st
|
|
|
4th
|
|
|
3rd
|
|
|
2nd
|
|
|
1st
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands,
except per share data)
|
|
|
Quarterly Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
75,338
|
|
|
$
|
62,856
|
|
|
$
|
53,270
|
|
|
$
|
56,221
|
|
|
$
|
63,740
|
|
|
$
|
60,960
|
|
|
$
|
59,763
|
|
|
$
|
72,915
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
30,164
|
|
|
|
29,797
|
|
|
|
21,606
|
|
|
|
19,880
|
|
|
|
22,107
|
|
|
|
21,396
|
|
|
|
23,398
|
|
|
|
27,047
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
3,351
|
|
|
|
2,800
|
|
|
|
(4,001)
|
|
|
|
(5,872)
|
|
|
|
(2,168)
|
|
|
|
(3,283)
|
|
|
|
(2,898)
|
|
|
|
1,305
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
5,041
|
|
|
|
4,016
|
|
|
|
(2,903)
|
|
|
|
(5,147)
|
|
|
|
(2,016)
|
|
|
|
(2,891)
|
|
|
|
(2,530)
|
|
|
|
1,706
|
|
Basic net income (loss) per share
|
|
|
0.07
|
|
|
|
0.05
|
|
|
|
(0.04)
|
|
|
|
(0.07)
|
|
|
|
(0.03)
|
|
|
|
(0.04)
|
|
|
|
(0.03)
|
|
|
|
0.02
|
|
Diluted net income (loss) per share
|
|
|
0.07
|
|
|
|
0.05
|
|
|
|
(0.04)
|
|
|
|
(0.07)
|
|
|
|
(0.03)
|
|
|
|
(0.04)
|
|
|
|
(0.03)
|
|
|
|
0.02
|
|
59
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of
Directors and Stockholders of Harmonic Inc.:
We have completed integrated audits of Harmonic Inc.s
consolidated financial statements and of its internal control
over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, in
accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States). Our opinions, based on our
audits, are presented below.
Consolidated
financial statements
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in
the index appearing under Item 8 (a) present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Harmonic
Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2006 and 2005,
and the results of their operations and their cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
2006 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted
in the United States of America. These financial statements are
the responsibility of the Companys management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these
statements in accordance with the standards of the Public
Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit of financial statements
includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the
amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing
the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable
basis for our opinion.
As discussed in Notes 1 and 12 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements, effective January 1, 2006, the
Company changed the manner in which it accounts for stock-based
compensation.
Internal control
over financial reporting
Also, in our opinion, managements assessment, included in
Managements Report on Internal Control over Financial
Reporting appearing under Item 8, that the Company
maintained effective internal control over financial reporting
as of December 31, 2006 based on criteria established in
Internal Control Integrated Framework issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (COSO), is fairly stated, in all material respects,
based on those criteria. Furthermore, in our opinion, the
Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006,
based on criteria established in Internal Control
Integrated Framework issued by the COSO. The Companys
management is responsible for maintaining effective internal
control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our
responsibility is to express opinions on managements
assessment and on the effectiveness of the Companys
internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We
conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting
in accordance with the standards of the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards
require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether effective internal control over
financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. An
audit of internal control over financial reporting includes
obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial
reporting, evaluating managements assessment, testing and
evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal
control, and performing such other procedures as we consider
necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit
provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail,
60
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions
of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance
with authorizations of management and directors of the company;
and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention
or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or
disposition of the companys assets that could have a
material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
San Jose, California
March 15, 2007
61
HARMONIC INC.
CONSOLIDATED
BALANCE SHEETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands,
except par value amounts)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
33,454
|
|
|
$
|
37,818
|
|
Short-term investments
|
|
|
58,917
|
|
|
|
73,010
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
64,674
|
|
|
|
43,433
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
42,116
|
|
|
|
38,552
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current
assets
|
|
|
12,807
|
|
|
|
8,335
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
211,968
|
|
|
|
201,148
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
14,816
|
|
|
|
17,040
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
37,141
|
|
|
|
4,896
|
|
Intangibles, net
|
|
|
16,634
|
|
|
|
1,751
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
1,403
|
|
|
|
1,462
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
281,962
|
|
|
$
|
226,297
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
$
|
460
|
|
|
$
|
812
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
33,863
|
|
|
|
19,378
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
7,098
|
|
|
|
6,480
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
29,052
|
|
|
|
19,687
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
44,097
|
|
|
|
37,438
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
114,570
|
|
|
|
83,795
|
|
Long-term debt, less current portion
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
460
|
|
Accrued excess facilities costs,
long-term
|
|
|
16,434
|
|
|
|
18,357
|
|
Other non-current liabilities
|
|
|
5,824
|
|
|
|
10,703
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
136,828
|
|
|
|
113,315
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies
(Notes 16, 17 and 18)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $0.001 par
value, 5,000 shares authorized; no shares issued or
outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.001 par
value, 150,000 shares authorized; 78,386 and
73,636 shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
Capital in excess of par value
|
|
|
2,078,863
|
|
|
|
2,048,090
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(1,933,708)
|
|
|
|
(1,934,715)
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(99)
|
|
|
|
(467)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
145,134
|
|
|
|
112,982
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and
stockholders equity
|
|
$
|
281,962
|
|
|
$
|
226,297
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
62
HARMONIC INC.
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands,
except per share data)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
247,684
|
|
|
$
|
257,378
|
|
|
$
|
248,306
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
146,238
|
|
|
|
163,430
|
|
|
|
143,811
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
101,446
|
|
|
|
93,948
|
|
|
|
104,495
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
39,455
|
|
|
|
38,168
|
|
|
|
35,585
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
65,243
|
|
|
|
61,475
|
|
|
|
59,742
|
|
Amortization and impairment of
intangibles
|
|
|
470
|
|
|
|
1,349
|
|
|
|
7,732
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
105,168
|
|
|
|
100,992
|
|
|
|
103,059
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
(3,722)
|
|
|
|
(7,044)
|
|
|
|
1,436
|
|
Interest income, net
|
|
|
4,616
|
|
|
|
2,665
|
|
|
|
1,554
|
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
722
|
|
|
|
(915)
|
|
|
|
(827)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
1,616
|
|
|
|
(5,294)
|
|
|
|
2,163
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
609
|
|
|
|
437
|
|
|
|
589
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
1,007
|
|
|
$
|
(5,731)
|
|
|
$
|
1,574
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
(0.08)
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
(0.08)
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
74,639
|
|
|
|
73,279
|
|
|
|
72,015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
75,183
|
|
|
|
73,279
|
|
|
|
73,043
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
63
HARMONIC INC.
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common
Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital in
Excess
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
of Par
Value
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
Income
(Loss)
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
Income
(Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2003
|
|
|
71,240
|
|
|
$
|
71
|
|
|
$
|
2,036,522
|
|
|
$
|
(1,930,558)
|
|
|
$
|
126
|
|
|
$
|
106,161
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,574
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,574
|
|
|
$
|
1,574
|
|
Unrealized loss on investments, net
of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(287)
|
|
|
|
(287)
|
|
|
|
(287)
|
|
Currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(108)
|
|
|
|
(108)
|
|
|
|
(108)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,179
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Common Stock under
option and purchase plans
|
|
|
1,046
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
3,193
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,194
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2004
|
|
|
72,286
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
2,039,738
|
|
|
|
(1,928,984)
|
|
|
|
(269)
|
|
|
|
110,557
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,731)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,731)
|
|
|
$
|
(5,731)
|
|
Unrealized gain on investments, net
of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(205)
|
|
|
|
(205)
|
|
|
|
(205)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(5,929)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Common Stock under
option and purchase plans
|
|
|
1,181
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
6,486
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,488
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Common Stock for
acquisition of BTL
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,831
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,831
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2005
|
|
|
73,636
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
2,048,090
|
|
|
|
(1,934,715)
|
|
|
|
(467)
|
|
|
|
112,982
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,007
|
|
|
$
|
1,007
|
|
Unrealized gain on investments, net
of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
|
205
|
|
Currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,375
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,753
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,753
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Common Stock under
option and purchase plans
|
|
|
1,170
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
4,777
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,778
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Common Stock and
options for acquisition of Entone
|
|
|
3,580
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
20,243
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,246
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
78,386
|
|
|
$
|
78
|
|
|
$
|
2,078,863
|
|
|
$
|
(1,933,708)
|
|
|
$
|
(99)
|
|
|
$
|
145,134
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
64
HARMONIC INC.
CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
1,007
|
|
|
$
|
(5,731)
|
|
|
$
|
1,574
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income
(loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization and impairment of
intangibles
|
|
|
2,200
|
|
|
|
2,603
|
|
|
|
13,894
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
7,383
|
|
|
|
8,676
|
|
|
|
9,408
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
5,722
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
Impairment and loss on disposal of
fixed assets
|
|
|
297
|
|
|
|
114
|
|
|
|
1,002
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(366)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities,
net of effect of acquisitions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
(20,550)
|
|
|
|
21,804
|
|
|
|
(26,490)
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
(3,224)
|
|
|
|
4,581
|
|
|
|
(19,333)
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
(4,316)
|
|
|
|
1,182
|
|
|
|
(1,804)
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
13,396
|
|
|
|
(3,347)
|
|
|
|
7,518
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
7,774
|
|
|
|
5,234
|
|
|
|
6,160
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
493
|
|
|
|
(624)
|
|
|
|
339
|
|
Accrued excess facilities costs
|
|
|
(877)
|
|
|
|
(5,846)
|
|
|
|
(5,246)
|
|
Accrued and other liabilities
|
|
|
(671)
|
|
|
|
(12,261)
|
|
|
|
3,933
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in)
operating activities
|
|
|
8,634
|
|
|
|
16,054
|
|
|
|
(9,022)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows provided by (used in)
investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of investments
|
|
|
(70,398)
|
|
|
|
(63,328)
|
|
|
|
(85,457)
|
|
Proceeds from sales of investments
|
|
|
84,820
|
|
|
|
64,334
|
|
|
|
81,710
|
|
Acquisition of property and
equipment
|
|
|
(5,143)
|
|
|
|
(5,666)
|
|
|
|
(6,318)
|
|
Acquisition of Entone, net of cash
received
|
|
|
(26,232)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisition of BTL, net of cash
received
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,661)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing
activities
|
|
|
(16,953)
|
|
|
|
(10,321)
|
|
|
|
(10,065)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of common
stock, net
|
|
|
4,778
|
|
|
|
6,478
|
|
|
|
3,194
|
|
Borrowings under bank line and term
loan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,904
|
|
Repayments under bank line and term
loan
|
|
|
(812)
|
|
|
|
(1,067)
|
|
|
|
(1,221)
|
|
Repayments of capital lease
obligations
|
|
|
(82)
|
|
|
|
(92)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing
activities
|
|
|
3,884
|
|
|
|
5,319
|
|
|
|
3,877
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on
cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
|
(64)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and
cash equivalents
|
|
|
(4,364)
|
|
|
|
11,215
|
|
|
|
(15,274)
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at
beginning of period
|
|
|
37,818
|
|
|
|
26,603
|
|
|
|
41,877
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of
period
|
|
$
|
33,454
|
|
|
$
|
37,818
|
|
|
$
|
26,603
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of cash
flow information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax payments (refunds), net
|
|
$
|
(75)
|
|
|
$
|
355
|
|
|
$
|
479
|
|
Interest paid during the period
|
|
$
|
108
|
|
|
$
|
153
|
|
|
$
|
103
|
|
Non-cash investing and financing
activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of restricted common stock
and options from Entone acquisition
|
|
$
|
20,382
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Issuance of restricted common stock
from BTL acquisition
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,831
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
65
HARMONIC INC.
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 1: Organization,
Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies
Harmonic designs, manufactures and sell products and systems
that enable network operators to efficiently deliver broadcast
and on-demand video services that include digital video,
video-on-demand
and high definition television, as well as high-speed Internet
access and telephony. Historically, most of our revenues have
been derived from sales of video processing solutions and edge
and access systems to cable television operators. We also
provide our video processing solutions to direct broadcast
satellite operators and to telephone companies, or telcos, that
offer video services to their customers.
Through December 31, 2005, Harmonic had been organized into
two operating divisions, Broadband Access Networks, or BAN, for
fiber optic systems and Convergent Systems, or CS, for digital
headend systems. In the fourth quarter of 2005, an
organizational restructuring combined the product development,
marketing and manufacturing operations into a single segment.
Effective January 1, 2006, an organizational restructuring
combined the Companys CS division and BAN division into a
single segment with financial results reported as a single
segment as of the first quarter of 2006. A single sales force,
organized geographically, has historically supported the
divisions with appropriate product and market specialization as
required, and it continues to sell the entire range of products
of the Company.
Basis of Presentation. The consolidated financial
statements of Harmonic include the financial statements of the
Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany
accounts and transactions have been eliminated. Harmonics
fiscal quarters end on the Friday nearest the calendar quarter
end, except for the fourth quarter which ends on
December 31.
Use of Estimates. The preparation of financial
statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reported period. Actual results could
differ from those estimates.
Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash equivalents are
comprised of highly liquid investment-grade investments with
original maturities of three months or less at the date of
purchase. Cash equivalents are stated at amounts that
approximate fair value, based on quoted market prices.
Investments. Harmonics short-term investments
are stated at fair value, and are principally comprised of
U.S. government, U.S. government agencies and
corporate debt securities. The Company classifies its
investments as available for sale in accordance with
SFAS No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments
in Debt and Equity Securities, and states its investments
at estimated fair value, with unrealized gains and losses
reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The
specific identification method is used to determine the cost of
securities disposed of, with realized gains and losses reflected
in interest income. Investments are anticipated to be used for
current operations and are, therefore, classified as current
assets, even though maturities may extend beyond one year. The
Company monitors its investment portfolio for impairment on a
periodic basis. In the event a decline in value is determined to
be other than temporary an impairment charge is recorded.
66
Fair Value of Financial Instruments. The carrying
value of Harmonics financial instruments, including cash,
cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable,
accounts payable, accrued liabilities, capital lease obligations
and long-term debt approximate fair value due to their short
maturities.
Concentrations of Credit Risk. Financial instruments
which subject Harmonic to concentrations of credit risk consist
primarily of cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and
accounts receivable. Cash, cash equivalents and short-term
investments are invested in short-term, highly liquid
investment-grade obligations of commercial or governmental
issuers, in accordance with Harmonics investment policy.
The investment policy limits the amount of credit exposure to
any one financial institution, commercial or governmental
issuer. Harmonics accounts receivable are derived from
sales to cable, satellite, and other network operators and
distributors. Harmonic generally does not require collateral and
performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and
provides for expected losses. Harmonic maintains an allowance
for doubtful accounts based upon the expected collectibility of
its accounts receivable. One customer had a balance of 23% of
our net accounts receivable as of December 31, 2006.
Revenue Recognition. Harmonics principal
sources of revenue are from hardware products, software
products, solution sales, services and hardware and software
maintenance contracts. Harmonic recognizes revenue when
persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has
occurred or services have been provided, the sale price is fixed
or determinable, collectibility is reasonably assured, and risk
of loss and title have transferred to the customer. Long-term
deferred revenue consists of maintenance agreements that extend
beyond a one year period.
Revenue from product sales, excluding the revenue generated from
service-related solutions, which are discussed below, is
recognized upon shipment, or once all applicable criteria have
been met. Allowances are provided for estimated returns,
discounts and trade-ins. Such allowances are adjusted
periodically to reflect actual and anticipated experience.
Revenue on solution sales, which principally consist of and
include the design, manufacture, test, integration and
installation of equipment to the specifications of
Harmonics customers, including equipment acquired from
third parties to be integrated with Harmonics products, is
generally recognized using the percentage of completion method.
Under the percentage of completion method, revenue recognized
reflects the portion of the anticipated contract revenue that
has been earned, equal to the ratio of internal labor costs
expended to date to anticipated final internal labor costs,
based on current estimates of internal labor costs to complete
the project. If the estimated costs to complete a project exceed
the total contract amount, indicating a loss, the entire
anticipated loss is recognized.
Revenue from services, which is primarily from maintenance
agreements, is generally recognized ratably as the services are
performed or based on contractual terms. The costs associated
with services are recognized as incurred. Maintenance services
are recognized ratably over the maintenance term, which is
typically one year. The unrecognized revenue portion of
maintenance agreements billed is recorded as deferred revenue.
Certain agreements also include multiple deliverables or
elements for products, software
and/or
services. Harmonic recognizes revenue from these agreements
based on the relative fair value of the products and services
and when revenue recognition criteria are met. The determination
of the fair value of the elements is based on a number of
factors, including the amount charged to other customers for
products or services, price lists, or other relevant
information. If an undelivered element is essential to the
functionality of the delivered element or required under the
terms of the agreement to be delivered concurrently, we defer
the revenue on the delivered element until that undelivered
element is delivered. In the absence of fair value for an
undelivered element, the arrangement is accounted for as a
single unit of accounting, resulting in a deferral of revenue
recognition for the delivered elements until the undelivered
elements are fulfilled.
67
Revenue on software products and software-related elements are
recognized in accordance with
SOP No. 97-2,
Software Revenue Recognition. For arrangements that
include both hardware products and software products, Harmonic
evaluates the arrangement based on EITF
03-5,
Applicability of AICPA Statement of Position
97-2 to
Non-Software Deliverables in an Arrangement Containing
More-Than-Incidental
Software. In accordance with the provisions of EITF
03-5, the
arrangement is divided between software-related elements and
non-software deliverables. Software-related elements are
accounted for as software. Software-related elements include all
non-software deliverables for which a software deliverable is
essential to its functionality. When software arrangements
contain multiple elements and vendor specific objective evidence
of fair value exists for all undelivered elements, Harmonic
accounts for the delivered elements in accordance with the
Residual Method prescribed by
SOP No. 98-9.
Fair value of software-related elements is based on separate
sales to other customers or upon renewal rates quoted in
contracts when the quoted renewal rates are deemed to be
substantive.
Deferred revenue includes billings in excess of revenue
recognized and invoiced amounts remain deferred until applicable
revenue recognition criteria are met.
Revenue from distributors and system integrators is recognized
on delivery provided that the criteria for revenue recognition
has been met. The Company accrues for sales returns and other
allowances based on its historical experience.
Shipping and Handling Costs. Shipping and handling
costs incurred for inventory purchases and product shipments are
recorded in Cost of sales in the Consolidated
Statement of Operations.
Inventories. Inventories are stated at the lower of
cost, using the weighted average method, or market. Harmonic
establishes provisions for excess and obsolete inventories after
evaluation of historical sales and future demand and market
conditions, expected product lifecycles and current inventory
levels to reduce such inventories to their estimated net
realizable value. Such provisions are charged to cost of sales.
Capitalized Software Development Costs. Costs
related to research and development are generally charged to
expense as incurred. Capitalization of material software
development costs begins when a products technological
feasibility has been established in accordance with the
provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
(SFAS) No. 86, Accounting for the Costs
of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased, or Otherwise
Marketed. To date, the time period between achieving
technological feasibility, which the Company has defined as the
establishment of a working model, which typically occurs when
beta testing commences, and the general availability of such
software, has been short, and as such, software development
costs qualifying for capitalization have been insignificant.
Property and Equipment. Property and equipment are
recorded at cost. Depreciation and amortization are computed
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives
of the assets. Estimated useful lives are 5 years for
furniture and fixtures, and up to 4 years for machinery and
equipment. Depreciation and amortization for leasehold
improvements are computed using the shorter of the remaining
useful lives of the assets up to 10 years or the lease term
of the respective assets. Depreciation and amortization expense
related to equipment and improvements for the years ended
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 were $7.4 million,
$8.7 million and $9.4 million, respectively. As a
result of a verification in 2004 the Company wrote-off
approximately $0.8 million in net book value of property
and equipment in 2004.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Intangible
assets represent purchased intangible assets and the excess of
acquisition cost over the fair value of tangible and identified
intangible net assets of businesses acquired, or goodwill.
Purchased intangible assets include customer base, developed
technology, trademark and tradename, and supply agreements. See
Note 4, Goodwill and Identified Intangibles.
68
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets. Long-lived assets,
such as other intangibles and property and equipment, are
evaluated for recoverability when indicators of impairment are
present. The Company evaluates the recoverability of other
intangible assets and long-lived assets on the basis of
undiscounted cash flows for each asset group. If impairment is
indicated, provisions for impairment are determined based on the
fair value, using discounted cash flows.
Restructuring Costs and Accruals for Excess
Facilities. For restructuring activities initiated
prior to December 31, 2002 Harmonic recorded restructuring
costs when the Company committed to an exit plan and significant
changes to the exit plan were not likely. Harmonic determines
the excess facilities accrual based on the Companys
contractual obligations and on estimates of expected sublease
rental income for each excess facility. For restructuring
activities initiated after December 31, 2002, the Company
adopted SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs
Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities, which
requires that a liability for costs associated with an exit or
disposal activity be recognized and measured initially at fair
value only when the liability is incurred.
Accrued warranties. The Company accrues for
estimated warranty costs at the time of revenue recognition and
records such accrued liabilities as part of Cost of
sales. Management periodically reviews the estimated fair
value of its warranty liability and adjusts based on the terms
of warranties provided to customers, historical and anticipated
warranty claims experience, and estimates of the timing and cost
of specified warranty claims.
Currency Translation. The functional currency of the
Companys Israeli operations is the U.S. dollar. All
other foreign subsidiaries use the respective local currency as
the functional currency. When the local currency is the
functional currency, gains and losses from translation of these
foreign currency financial statements into U.S. dollars are
recorded as a separate component of other comprehensive income
(loss) in stockholders equity. For subsidiaries where the
functional currency is the U.S. dollar, gains and losses
resulting from re-measuring foreign currency denominated
balances into U.S. dollars are included in other
income/(expense), net and have been insignificant for all
periods presented.
Income Taxes. Deferred income tax assets and
liabilities are computed annually for differences between the
financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities that
will result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future based
on enacted tax laws and rates applicable to the periods in which
the differences are expected to affect taxable income. If it is
not more likely than not that the Company will recover deferred
tax assets, valuation allowances are established when necessary
to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be
realized.
Advertising Expenses. Harmonic expenses the cost of
advertising as incurred. During 2006, 2005 and 2004, advertising
expenses were not material to the results of operations.
Stock Based Compensation. On January 1, 2006,
the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment,
(SFAS 123(R)) which requires the measurement
and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based
payment awards made to employees and directors, including
employee stock options and employee stock purchases related to
our Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) based upon
the grant-date fair value of those awards. Prior to the adoption
of SFAS 123(R) the Company accounted for stock-based
compensation to employees and directors under Accounting
Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock
Issued to Employees (APB 25) and related
interpretations, and provided the required pro forma disclosures
prescribed by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation, (SFAS 123) as amended. In
addition, the Company has applied the provisions of Staff
Accounting Bulletin No. 107
(SAB 107), issued by the Securities and
Exchange Commission, in its adoption of
SFAS No. 123(R).
The Company adopted SFAS 123(R) using the
modified-prospective transition method, which requires the
application of the accounting standard as of January 1,
2006, the first day of the Companys fiscal year 2006. The
69
Companys Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for
the year ended December 31, 2006 reflect the impact of
SFAS 123(R). In accordance with the modified prospective
transition method, the Companys Consolidated Financial
Statements for prior periods have not been restated to reflect,
and do not include, the impact of SFAS 123(R). Stock-based
compensation expense recognized under SFAS 123(R) for the
year ended December 31, 2006 was $5.7 million, which
consisted of stock-based compensation expense related to
employee equity awards and employee stock purchases. There was
no stock-based compensation expense related to employee equity
awards and employee stock purchases recognized during the years
ended December 31, 2005 and 2004.
SFAS 123(R) requires companies to estimate the fair value
of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an
option-pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that
is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the
requisite service period in the Companys Consolidated
Statement of Operations. Prior to the adoption of
SFAS 123(R), the Company accounted for employee equity
awards and employee stock purchases using the intrinsic value
method in accordance with APB 25 as allowed under
SFAS 123. Under the intrinsic value method, no stock-based
compensation expense had been recognized in the Companys
Consolidated Statement of Operations because the exercise price
of the Companys stock options granted to employees and
directors equaled the fair market value of the underlying stock
at the date of grant.
Stock-based compensation expense recognized during the period is
based on the value of the portion of share-based payment awards
that is ultimately expected to vest during the period.
Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the
Companys Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year
ended December 31, 2006 included compensation expense for
share-based payment awards granted prior to, but not yet vested
as of December 31, 2005 based on the grant date fair value
estimated in accordance with the pro forma provisions of
SFAS 123 and compensation expense for the share-based
payment awards granted subsequent to December 31, 2005
based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with
the provisions of SFAS 123(R). In conjunction with the
adoption of SFAS 123(R), the Company changed its method of
attributing the value of stock-based compensation costs to
expense from the accelerated multiple-option method to the
straight-line single-option method. Compensation expense for all
share-based payment awards granted on or prior to
December 31, 2005 will continue to be recognized using the
accelerated approach while compensation expense for all
share-based payment awards related to stock options and employee
stock purchase rights granted subsequent to December 31,
2005 are recognized using the straight-line method.
As stock-based compensation expense recognized in our results
for the year ended December 31, 2006 is based on awards
ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for estimated
forfeitures. SFAS 123(R) requires forfeitures to be
estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in
subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those
estimates. Prior to fiscal year 2006, we accounted for
forfeitures as they occurred for the purposes of pro forma
information under SFAS 123, as disclosed in our Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements for the related periods.
The fair value of share-based payment awards is estimated at
grant date using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. The
Companys determination of fair value of share-based
payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing
model is affected by the Companys stock price as well as
the assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and
subjective variables. These variables include, but are not
limited to, the Companys expected stock price volatility
over the term of the awards, and actual and projected employee
stock option exercise behaviors.
On November 10, 2005, the Financial Accounting Standards
Board (FASB) issued FASB Staff Position
No. FAS 123(R)-3,
Transition Election Related to Accounting for Tax Effects
of Share-Based payment Awards, (FSP
123(R)-3).
We have elected to adopt the alternative transition method
provided in the
FSP 123(R)-3
for calculating the tax effects of stock-based compensation
pursuant to SFAS 123(R). The alternative transition method
provides a simplified method to establish the beginning balance
of the additional
paid-in-capital
pool (APIC Pool) related to the tax effects of
employee stock-based compensation, and to
70
determine the subsequent impact on the APIC Pool and
consolidated statements of cash flows of the tax effects of
employee stock-based compensation awards that are outstanding
upon adoption of SFAS 123(R). The adoption of
FSP 123(R)-3
did not have an impact on our overall consolidated financial
position, results of operations or cash flows.
Consistent with prior years, we use the with and
without approach as described in EITF Topic
No. D-32
in determining the order in which our tax attributes are
utilized. The with and without approach results in
the recognition of the windfall stock option tax benefits only
after all other tax attributes of ours have been considered in
the annual tax accrual computation. Also consistent with prior
years, we consider the indirect effects of the windfall
deduction on the computation of other tax attributes, such as
the R&D credit and the domestic production activities
deduction, as an additional component of equity. This
incremental tax effect is recorded to additional
paid-in-capital
when realized.
Comprehensive Income (Loss). Comprehensive income
(loss) includes net income (loss) and other comprehensive income
(loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) includes cumulative
translation adjustments and unrealized gains and losses on
available-for-sale
securities. Harmonics comprehensive income (loss) has been
presented in the Consolidated Statement of Stockholders
Equity.
Total comprehensive income (loss) of fiscal years 2006, 2005 and
2004 are presented in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of
Stockholders Equity. Total accumulated other comprehensive
income (loss) is displayed as a separate component of
stockholders equity in the accompanying Consolidated
Balance Sheets. The accumulated balances for each component of
other comprehensive income (loss) consist of the following, net
of taxes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
Gain
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
Other
|
|
|
|
(Loss) in
Available-
|
|
|
Foreign
Currency
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
for-Sale
Securities
|
|
|
Translation
|
|
|
Income
(Loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2003
|
|
$
|
61
|
|
|
$
|
65
|
|
|
$
|
126
|
|
Change during year
|
|
|
(287)
|
|
|
|
(108)
|
|
|
|
(395)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2004
|
|
|
(226)
|
|
|
|
(43)
|
|
|
|
(269)
|
|
Change during year
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
(205)
|
|
|
|
(198)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2005
|
|
|
(219)
|
|
|
|
(248)
|
|
|
|
(467)
|
|
Change during year
|
|
|
205
|
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
|
368
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2006
|
|
$
|
(14)
|
|
|
$
|
(85)
|
|
|
$
|
(99)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounting for Derivatives and Hedging
Activities. Harmonic accounts for derivative financial
instruments and hedging contracts in accordance with
SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities and
SFAS No. 149, Amendment of Statement 133 on
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities which
require that all derivatives be recognized at fair value in the
statement of financial position, and that the corresponding
gains or losses be reported either in the statement of
operations or as a component of comprehensive income, depending
on the type of hedging relationship that exists.
Periodically, Harmonic enters into foreign currency forward
exchange contracts (forward exchange contracts) to
manage exposure related to accounts receivable denominated in
foreign currencies. The Company does not enter into derivative
financial instruments for trading purposes. At December 31,
2006, the Company had a forward exchange contract to sell Euros
totaling $9.3 million. This foreign exchange contract
matured in the first quarter of 2007 and the fair value of this
contract was approximately $9.3 million as of
December 31, 2006. At December 31, 2005, the Company
had a forward exchange contract to sell Euros totaling
$5.3 million. This
71
foreign exchange contract matured within the first quarter of
2006 and the fair value of this contract was approximately
$5.3 million as of December 31, 2005.
Reclassification. Certain amounts in prior
years financial statements and related notes have been
reclassified to conform to the 2006 presentation. These
reclassifications have no material impact on previously reported
net loss or cash flows.
Note 2: Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
In March 2006, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached a
consensus on Issue
No. 06-3,
How Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to
Government Authorities Should Be Presented in the Income
Statement (That Is, Gross versus Net Presentation) (EITF
No. 06-3).
The Company is required to adopt the provisions of EITF
No. 06-3
beginning in fiscal year 2007. The Company does not expect the
provisions of EITF
No. 06-3
to have a material impact on the Companys consolidated
financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48,
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an
interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109
(FIN 48). FIN 48 prescribes a comprehensive model for
how a company should recognize, measure, present, and disclose
in its financial statements uncertain tax positions that the
company has taken or expects to take on a tax return.
FIN 48 will be effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2006. We are currently in the process of
evaluating the effect, if any, FIN 48 will have on our
consolidated financial statements.
In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued
Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, Considering
the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying
Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements
(SAB 108). SAB 108 provides guidance on how prior year
misstatements should be taken into consideration when
quantifying misstatements in current year financial statements
for purposes of determining whether the current years
financial statements are materially misstated. SAB 108 is
effective for fiscal years ending after November 15, 2006.
The adoption of SAB 108 did not have a material impact on
our financial statements.
In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair Value
Measurements (SFAS No. 157). This statement
clarifies the definition of fair value, establishes a framework
for measuring fair value, and expands the disclosures on fair
value measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective for
fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We have not
determined the effect, if any, the adoption of this statement
will have on our results of operations or financial position.
In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 158, Employers
Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement
Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 106, and
132(R) (SFAS No. 158). SFAS No. 158
requires companies to recognize a net liability or asset and an
offsetting adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income
to report the funded status of defined benefit pension and other
postretirement benefit plans. SFAS No. 158 requires
prospective application, and the recognition and disclosure
requirements are effective for the Companys fiscal year
ending December 31, 2006. Additionally,
SFAS No. 158 requires companies to measure plan assets
and obligations at their year-end balance sheet date. This
requirement is effective for fiscal years ending after
December 15, 2008. The adoption of SFAS No. 158
did not have a material impact on our financial statements.
72
Note 3: Acquisitions
Entone
Technologies, Inc.
On December 8, 2006, Harmonic acquired Entone Technologies,
Inc., or Entone, pursuant to the terms of an Agreement and Plan
of Merger (the Merger Agreement) dated
August 21, 2006. Under the terms of the merger agreement,
Entone spun off its consumer premise equipment business, or CPE
business, to Entones existing stockholders prior to
closing. Entone then merged into Harmonic, and Harmonic acquired
Entones VOD business, which includes the development, sale
and support of head-end equipment (software and hardware) and
associated services for the creation, distribution and delivery
of on-demand television programming to operators who offer such
programming to businesses and consumers. Harmonic believes
Entones software solution, which facilitates the
provisioning of personalized video services including
video-on-demand,
network personal video recording, time-shifted television and
targeted advertisement insertion, will enable Harmonic to expand
the scope of solutions we can offer to cable, satellite and
telco/IPTV service providers in order to provide an advanced and
uniquely integrated delivery system for the next generation of
both broadcast and personalized
IP-delivered
video services. These opportunities, along with the established
Asian-based software development workforce, were significant
factors to the establishment of the purchase price, which
exceeded the fair value of Entones net tangible and
intangible assets acquired resulting in the amount of goodwill
we have recorded with this transaction. Management has made a
preliminary allocation of the estimated purchase price to the
tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed
based on various preliminary estimates. The allocation of the
estimated purchase price is preliminary pending finalization of
various estimates and analyses.
The purchase price of $49.0 million included
$26.2 million in cash, $20.1 million of stock issued,
consisting of 3,579,715 shares of Harmonic common stock,
$0.2 million in stock options assumed, and
$2.5 million of transaction expenses incurred. Stock
options to purchase Harmonic common stock totaling approximately
0.2 million shares were issued to reflect the conversion of
all outstanding Entone options for continuing employees. The
fair value of Harmonics stock options issued to Entone
employees were valued at $925,000 using the Black-Scholes
options pricing model of which $697,000 represents unearned
stock-based compensation, which will be recorded as compensation
expense as services are provided by optionholders, and $228,000
was recorded as purchase consideration. As part of the terms of
the Merger Agreement, Harmonic is obligated to purchase a
convertible note with a face amount of $2.5 million in the
new spun off private company subject to closing of an initial
round of equity financing in which at least $4 million is
invested by third parties. This amount has not yet been funded.
The Entone acquisition was accounted for under
SFAS No. 141 and certain specified provisions of
SFAS No. 142. The results of operations of Entone are
included in Harmonics Consolidated Statements of
Operations from December 8, 2006, the date of acquisition.
The following table summarizes the preliminary allocation of the
73
purchase price based on the estimated fair value of the tangible
assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at the date of
acquisition:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
|
Cash acquired
|
|
$
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
297
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
184
|
|
Fixed assets
|
|
|
313
|
|
Other tangible assets acquired
|
|
|
22
|
|
Amortizable intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
Existing technology
|
|
|
11,600
|
|
Core technology
|
|
|
2,800
|
|
Customer relationships
|
|
|
1,700
|
|
Tradenames/trademarks
|
|
|
800
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
32,412
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets acquired
|
|
|
50,128
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
(855)
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
(166)
|
|
Other accrued liabilities
|
|
|
(146)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets acquired
|
|
$
|
48,961
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The purchase price was allocated as set forth in the table
above. The Income Approach which includes an
analysis of the markets, cash flows and risks associated with
achieving such cash flows, was the primary method used in
valuing the identified intangibles acquired. The Discounted Cash
Flow method was used to estimate the fair value of the acquired
existing technology and customer relationships. The Royalty
Savings Method was used to estimate the fair value of the
acquired core technology and trademarks/trade names. In the
Royalty Savings Method, the value of an asset is estimated by
capitalizing the royalties saved because the Company owns the
asset. Expected cash flows were discounted at the Companys
weighted average cost of capital of 18%. Identified intangible
assets, including existing technology and core technology are
being amortized over their useful lives of three to four years;
tradename/trademarks are being amortized over their useful lives
of five years; and customer relationships are being amortized
over its useful life of six years.
The residual purchase price of $32.4 million has been
recorded as goodwill. The goodwill as a result of this
acquisition is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.
In accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and
Other Intangible Assets, goodwill relating to the
acquisition of Entone is not being amortized and will be tested
for impairment annually or whenever events indicate that an
impairment may have occurred.
The following unaudited pro forma financial information
presented below summarizes the combined results of operations as
if the merger had been completed as of the beginning of each of
the fiscal years presented. The unaudited pro forma financial
information for fiscal 2006 combines the results for Harmonic
for fiscal 2006, which includes the results of Entones VOD
business subsequent to December 8, 2006, and the historical
results of Entones VOD business from January 1, 2006
through December 8, 2006. The unaudited pro forma financial
information for fiscal 2005 combines the historical results for
Harmonic for fiscal 2005, with the historical results for
Entones VOD business from January 1, 2005 through
December 31, 2005. The pro forma financial
74
information is presented for informational purposes only and
does not purport to be indicative of what would have occurred
had the merger actually been completed on such date or of
results which may occur in the future.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands,
except per share data)
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
250,107
|
|
|
$
|
260,087
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(7,801)
|
|
|
$
|
(13,963)
|
|
Net loss per share basic
|
|
$
|
(0.10)
|
|
|
$
|
(0.19)
|
|
Net loss per share
diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.10)
|
|
|
$
|
(0.19)
|
|
Broadcast
Technology Limited
On February 25, 2005, Harmonic purchased all of the issued
and outstanding shares of Broadcast Technology Limited, or BTL,
a private UK company, for a purchase consideration of
£4.0 million, or approximately $7.6 million. The
purchase consideration consisted of a payment of
£3.0 million in cash and the issuance of
169,112 shares of Harmonic common stock. In addition,
Harmonic paid approximately $0.3 million in transaction
costs for a total transaction price of approximately
$7.9 million. The addition of BTL expanded Harmonics
product line to include professional video/audio receivers and
decoders. This enabled us to expand the scope of solutions we
provide for existing and emerging cable, satellite, terrestrial
broadcast and telecom applications. These factors contributed to
a purchase price exceeding the fair value of BTLs net
tangible and intangible assets acquired; as a result, we
recorded goodwill in connection with this transaction.
The BTL acquisition was accounted for under
SFAS No. 141 and certain specified provisions of
SFAS No. 142. The results of operations of BTL are
included in Harmonics Consolidated Statements of
Operations from February 25, 2005, the date of acquisition.
The following table summarizes the allocation of the purchase
price based on the estimated fair value of the tangible assets
acquired and the liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
|
Cash acquired
|
|
$
|
149
|
|
Other tangible assets acquired
|
|
|
2,508
|
|
Amortizable intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
Existing technology
|
|
|
2,050
|
|
Customer relationships
|
|
|
540
|
|
Tradenames/trademarks
|
|
|
320
|
|
Order backlog
|
|
|
60
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
3,745
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets acquired
|
|
|
9,372
|
|
Liabilities assumed
|
|
|
(568)
|
|
Deferred tax liability for acquired
intangibles
|
|
|
(891)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets acquired
|
|
$
|
7,913
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Identified intangible assets, including existing technology and
customer relationships are being amortized over their useful
lives of three years; tradename/trademarks are being amortized
over their useful lives of two years; and
75
order backlog is being amortized over its useful life of three
months. A review of the intangibles associated with the BTL
acquisition was performed in the fourth quarter of 2006 and it
was determined that the carrying value of intangibles of
$1.0 million were impaired.
The residual purchase price of $3.7 million has been
recorded as goodwill and was originally allocated to the
Convergent Systems reporting unit. Effective January 1,
2006, the Companys restructuring resulted in the operating
divisions being combined and goodwill is evaluated at the
Company level. The goodwill as a result of this acquisition is
not expected to be deductible for tax purposes. In accordance
with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible
Assets, goodwill relating to the acquisition of BTL is not
being amortized and will be tested for impairment annually or
whenever events indicate that an impairment may have occurred.
Supplemental pro forma information is not provided because the
acquisition of BTL was not material to the Companys
financial statements for all periods presented.
Note 4: Goodwill
and Identified Intangibles
For purposes of applying SFAS No. 142, management
believed the operating divisions, BAN and CS, represented the
Companys reporting units prior to January 1, 2006. CS
was the only reporting unit with goodwill and intangible assets
and effective January 1, 2006 the Companys
restructuring resulted in the operating divisions being
combined. As a result, the goodwill was evaluated at the Company
level. The Company performed the annual impairment test of
goodwill in the fourth quarter of 2004, 2005 and 2006. For the
years 2004 and 2005, in all instances, the fair value of CS,
which was based on the operations future discounted cash
flows, exceeded its carrying amount, including goodwill. For the
year 2006, the fair value of Harmonic, which was based on the
Companys future discounted cash flows, exceeded its
carrying amount, including goodwill. As a result of these tests,
goodwill was determined not to be impaired.
For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, the
Company recorded a total of $1.2 million, $2.6 million
and $13.9 million, respectively, of amortization expense
for identified intangibles, of which $0.9 million,
$1.3 million and $6.2 million, respectively, was
included in cost of sales. A review of the intangibles
associated with the BTL acquisition was performed and it was
determined that the carrying value of intangibles of
$1.0 million were impaired. The impairment charge was
recorded as $0.8 million to cost of sales
76
and $0.2 million to operating expenses. The following is a
summary of goodwill and intangible assets as of
December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
2006
|
|
|
December 31,
2005
|
|
|
|
Gross Carrying
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Carrying
|
|
|
Gross Carrying
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Net Carrying
|
|
|
|
Amount
*
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Impairment
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
|
Identified intangibles:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Developed core technology
|
|
$
|
44,322
|
|
|
$
|
(29,334)
|
|
|
$
|
(826)
|
|
|
$
|
14,162
|
|
|
$
|
29,663
|
|
|
$
|
(28,315)
|
|
|
$
|
1,348
|
|
Customer base
|
|
|
33,611
|
|
|
|
(31,929)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,682
|
|
|
|
31,904
|
|
|
|
(31,904)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trademark and tradename
|
|
|
5,031
|
|
|
|
(4,241)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
790
|
|
|
|
4,190
|
|
|
|
(4,142)
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
Supply agreement
|
|
|
3,532
|
|
|
|
(3,314)
|
|
|
|
(218)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,464
|
|
|
|
(3,109)
|
|
|
|
355
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal of identified intangibles
|
|
|
86,496
|
|
|
|
(68,818)
|
|
|
|
(1,044)
|
|
|
|
16,634
|
|
|
|
69,221
|
|
|
|
(67,470)
|
|
|
|
1,751
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
37,141
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37,141
|
|
|
|
4,896
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,896
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total goodwill and other intangibles
|
|
$
|
123,637
|
|
|
$
|
(68,818)
|
|
|
$
|
(1,044)
|
|
|
$
|
53,775
|
|
|
$
|
74,117
|
|
|
$
|
(67,470)
|
|
|
$
|
6,647
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Foreign currency translation
adjustments, reflecting movement in the currencies of the
underlying entities, totaled approximately $0.2 million and
$0.3 million for intangible assets as of December 31,
2006 and 2005, respectively.
|
The following table summarizes goodwill activity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
|
Balance as of January 1
|
|
$
|
4,896
|
|
|
$
|
1,780
|
|
BTL acquisition
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,745
|
|
Entone acquisition
|
|
|
32,412
|
|
|
|
|
|
BTL purchase price adjustments
|
|
|
(531
|
)
|
|
|
(294
|
)
|
Foreign currency transaction
adjustment
|
|
|
364
|
|
|
|
(335
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31
|
|
$
|
37,141
|
|
|
$
|
4,896
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The estimated future amortization expense for identified
intangibles is:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of
Sales
|
|
|
Operating
Expenses
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
|
2007
|
|
$
|
3,859
|
|
|
$
|
443
|
|
|
$
|
4,302
|
|
2008
|
|
|
3,859
|
|
|
|
443
|
|
|
|
4,302
|
|
2009
|
|
|
3,794
|
|
|
|
443
|
|
|
|
4,237
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2,651
|
|
|
|
443
|
|
|
|
3,094
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
433
|
|
|
|
433
|
|
2012
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
266
|
|
|
|
266
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
14,163
|
|
|
$
|
2,471
|
|
|
$
|
16,634
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
77
The acquisition of Entone resulted in an increase in goodwill
and intangibles of $32.4 million and $16.9 million,
respectively, during 2006. The acquisition of BTL resulted in an
increase in goodwill and intangible assets of $3.5 million
and $2.7 million, respectively, during 2005. In addition,
intangible assets decreased by $3.0 million in 2005 from
the reversal of a reserve for a DiviCom pre-acquisition
uncertain tax provision.
Note 5: Restructuring,
Excess Facilities and Inventory Provisions
During 2001, Harmonic recorded a charge for excess facilities
costs of $21.8 million. As a result of uncertain market
conditions and lower sales during the second half of 2002, the
Company changed its estimates related to accrued excess
facilities with regard to the expected timing and amount of
sublease income due to the substantial surplus of vacant
commercial space in the San Francisco Bay Area. In
connection with these actions, Harmonic recorded an additional
excess facilities charge of $22.5 million, net of sublease
income, to selling, general and administrative expenses during
the second half of 2002.
As of December 31, 2006, accrued excess facilities cost
totaled $22.7 million of which $6.3 million was
included in current accrued liabilities and $16.4 million
in other non-current liabilities. The Company incurred cash
outlays of $5.2 million, net of $1.0 million of
sublease income, during 2006 principally for lease payments,
property taxes, insurance and other maintenance fees related to
vacated facilities. As of December 31, 2005, accrued excess
facilities cost totaled $23.6 million of which
$5.2 million was included in current accrued liabilities
and $18.4 million in other non-current liabilities. The
Company incurred cash outlays of $4.7 million, net of
$0.7 million of sublease income, during 2005 principally
for lease payments, property taxes, insurance and other
maintenance fees related to vacated facilities. In 2007,
Harmonic expects to pay approximately $6.3 million of
excess facility lease costs, net of estimated sublease income,
and to pay the remaining $16.4 million, net of estimated
sublease income, over the remaining lease terms through
September 2010.
Harmonic reassesses this liability quarterly and adjust as
necessary based on changes in the timing and amounts of expected
sublease rental income. In the fourth quarter of 2005 the excess
facilities liability was decreased by $1.1 million due to
subleasing a portion of an unoccupied building for the remainder
of the lease.
If facilities rental rates decrease in these markets or if it
takes longer than expected to sublease these facilities, the
maximum amount by which the actual loss could exceed the
December 31, 2006 balance is approximately
$2.2 million.
During the fourth quarter of 2005, in response to the
consolidation of the Companys two operating segments into
a single segment as of January 1, 2006, the Company
implemented workforce reductions of approximately
40 full-time employees and recorded severance and other
costs of approximately $1.1 million.
During the second quarter of 2006, the Company streamlined its
senior management team primarily in the U.S. operations and
recorded severance and other costs of approximately
$1.0 million. We expect the remaining payments related to
these actions to be paid by the end of the second quarter of
2007.
During the third quarter of 2006, the Company recorded a charge
in selling, general and administrative expenses for excess
facilities of $3.9 million. This charge relates to two
buildings which were vacated during the third quarter in
connection with a plan to make more efficient use of our
Sunnyvale campus in accordance with applicable provisions of
FAS No. 146 Accounting for Costs Associated with
Exit or Disposal Activities. In addition, during the third
quarter of 2006 the Company revised its estimate of expected
sublease income with respect to previously vacated buildings and
recorded a credit of $1.7 million in accordance with
applicable provisions of
EITF 94-3
Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination
Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain
Costs Incurred in a Restructuring).
78
The following table summarizes restructuring activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Workforce
|
|
|
Management
|
|
|
Excess
|
|
|
Campus
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reduction
|
|
|
Reduction
|
|
|
Facilities
|
|
|
Consolidation
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
|
Balance at January 1, 2004
|
|
$
|
34
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
34,667
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
34,701
|
|
Provisions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash payments, net of sublease
income
|
|
|
(34)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,246)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,280)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,421
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,421
|
|
Provisions/(recoveries)
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,118)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(18)
|
|
Cash payments, net of sublease
income
|
|
|
(465)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,727)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,192)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2005
|
|
|
635
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23,576
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,211
|
|
Provisions/(recoveries)
|
|
|
(25)
|
|
|
|
962
|
|
|
|
(1,744)
|
|
|
|
3,918
|
|
|
|
3,111
|
|
Transfer of deferred rent liability
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,146
|
|
|
|
2,146
|
|
Cash payments, net of sublease
income
|
|
|
(610)
|
|
|
|
(568)
|
|
|
|
(4,648)
|
|
|
|
(550)
|
|
|
|
(6,376)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2006
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
394
|
|
|
$
|
17,184
|
|
|
$
|
5,514
|
|
|
$
|
23,092
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 6: Cash,
Cash Equivalents and Investments
At December 31, 2006 and 2005, cash, cash equivalents and
short-term investments are summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
33,454
|
|
|
$
|
37,818
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than one year
|
|
|
54,724
|
|
|
|
56,605
|
|
Due in 1-2 years
|
|
|
4,193
|
|
|
|
16,405
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total short-term investments
|
|
|
58,917
|
|
|
|
73,010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cash, cash equivalents and
short-term investments
|
|
$
|
92,371
|
|
|
$
|
110,828
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
79
The following is a summary of
available-for-sale
securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
Unrealized
|
|
|
Gross
Unrealized
|
|
|
Estimated Fair
|
|
|
|
Amortized
Cost
|
|
|
Gains
|
|
|
Losses
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
|
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. government debt securities
|
|
$
|
17,187
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(36)
|
|
|
$
|
17,151
|
|
Corporate debt securities
|
|
|
38,678
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
(25)
|
|
|
|
38,691
|
|
Other debt securities
|
|
|
3,075
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,075
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
58,940
|
|
|
$
|
38
|
|
|
$
|
(61)
|
|
|
$
|
58,917
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. government debt securities
|
|
$
|
20,264
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(146)
|
|
|
$
|
20,118
|
|
Corporate debt securities
|
|
|
46,873
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
(209)
|
|
|
|
46,667
|
|
Other debt securities
|
|
|
6,225
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,225
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
73,362
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
(355)
|
|
|
$
|
73,010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impairment of
Investments
We monitor our investment portfolio for impairment on a periodic
basis. In the event that the carrying value of an investment
exceeds its fair value and the decline in value is determined to
be
other-than-temporary,
an impairment charge is recorded and a new cost basis for the
investment is established. In order to determine whether a
decline in value is
other-than-temporary,
we evaluate, among other factors: the duration and extent to
which the fair value has been less than the carrying value; our
financial condition and business outlook, including key
operational and cash flow metrics, current market conditions and
future trends in the companys industry; our relative
competitive position within the industry; and our intent and
ability to retain the investment for a period of time sufficient
to allow any anticipated recovery in fair value.
80
In accordance with FASB Staff Position
Nos. 115-1
and
FAS 124-1,
The Meaning of
Other-Than-Temporary
Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments
(FSP FAS 115-1),
the following table summarizes the fair value and gross
unrealized losses related to
available-for-sale
securities, aggregated by investment category and length of time
that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized
loss position, as of December 31, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than
12 months
|
|
|
Greater than
12 months
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
|
Losses
|
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
|
Losses
|
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
|
Losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
|
U.S. Government debt securities
|
|
$
|
9,670
|
|
|
$
|
(18)
|
|
|
$
|
7,481
|
|
|
$
|
(18)
|
|
|
$
|
17,151
|
|
|
$
|
(36)
|
|
Corporate debt securities
|
|
|
20,705
|
|
|
|
(17)
|
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
|
|
(8)
|
|
|
|
26,705
|
|
|
|
(25)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
30,375
|
|
|
$
|
(35)
|
|
|
$
|
13,481
|
|
|
$
|
(26)
|
|
|
$
|
43,856
|
|
|
$
|
(61)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The decline in the estimated fair value of these investments
relative to amortized cost is primarily related to changes in
interest rates and is considered to be temporary in nature.
Note
7: Accounts Receivable and Allowances for Doubtful
Accounts, Returns, Discounts and Trade-ins
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
$
|
69,145
|
|
|
$
|
46,663
|
|
Less: allowance for doubtful
accounts, returns and discounts
|
|
|
(4,471)
|
|
|
|
(3,230)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
64,674
|
|
|
$
|
43,433
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade accounts receivable are recorded at invoiced amounts and
do not bear interest. Harmonic generally does not require
collateral and performs ongoing credit evaluations of its
customers and provides for expected losses. Harmonic maintains
an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon the expected
collectibility of its accounts receivable. The expectation of
collectibility is based on its review of credit profiles of
customers contractual terms and conditions, current
economic trends and historical payment experience. One customer
had a balance of 23% of our net accounts receivable as of
December 31, 2006. One customer had a balance of 11% of our
net accounts receivable as December 31, 2005.
The following is a summary of activities in allowances for
doubtful accounts, returns and discounts for the periods
indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
|
Charges/
(credits)
|
|
Deductions
from
|
|
Balance at End
of
|
|
|
Beginning of
Period
|
|
Charges to
Revenue
|
|
to
Expense
|
|
Reserves
|
|
Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
2006
|
|
$
|
3,230
|
|
|
$
|
3,357
|
|
|
$
|
(138)
|
|
|
$
|
(1,978)
|
|
|
$
|
4,471
|
|
2005
|
|
|
5,126
|
|
|
|
3,077
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,973)
|
|
|
|
3,230
|
|
2004
|
|
|
5,318
|
|
|
|
5,336
|
|
|
|
(242)
|
|
|
|
(5,286)
|
|
|
|
5,126
|
|
81
Note 8: Balance
Sheet Details
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Raw materials
|
|
$
|
12,845
|
|
|
$
|
14,392
|
|
Work-in-process
|
|
|
3,759
|
|
|
|
4,131
|
|
Finished goods
|
|
|
25,512
|
|
|
|
20,029
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
42,116
|
|
|
$
|
38,552
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Furniture and fixtures
|
|
$
|
6,910
|
|
|
$
|
7,015
|
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
52,394
|
|
|
|
57,162
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
27,092
|
|
|
|
26,355
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
86,396
|
|
|
|
90,532
|
|
Less: accumulated depreciation and
amortization
|
|
|
(71,580)
|
|
|
|
(73,492)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
14,816
|
|
|
$
|
17,040
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C-Cube pre-merger liabilities(1)
|
|
$
|
9,099
|
|
|
$
|
10,009
|
|
Accrued excess facilities
costs current
|
|
|
6,264
|
|
|
|
5,219
|
|
Accrued compensation
|
|
|
9,332
|
|
|
|
5,835
|
|
Accrued warranty
|
|
|
6,061
|
|
|
|
6,166
|
|
Capital lease
obligations current
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
Other
|
|
|
13,269
|
|
|
|
10,127
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
44,097
|
|
|
$
|
37,438
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other non-current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred rent liability
|
|
$
|
3,829
|
|
|
$
|
6,937
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
1,995
|
|
|
|
3,419
|
|
Deferred taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
275
|
|
Capital lease obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
5,824
|
|
|
$
|
10,703
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.
|
|
Under the terms of the merger
agreement with C-Cube, Harmonic is generally liable for
C-Cubes pre-merger liabilities. Approximately
$9.1 million of pre-merger liabilities remain outstanding
as of December 31, 2006 and Harmonic expects final
settlement of certain of these obligations to a variety of
authorities and LSI Logic during 2007. These amounts have been
included in accrued liabilities. A payment of $2.4 million
was made in January 2007 by Harmonic to settle in one foreign
country.
|
82
Note
9: Net Income (Loss) Per Share
Basic net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing the
net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders for the
period by the weighted average number of the common shares
outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per share is the
same as basic net loss per share for 2005 because potential
common shares, such as common shares issuable upon the exercise
of stock options, are only considered when their effect would be
dilutive. In 2006, 2005 and 2004, 10,221,543, 10,352,996 and
8,473,606 of potentially dilutive shares, consisting of options,
were excluded from the net income (loss) per share computations,
respectively, because their effect was antidilutive.
Following is a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators
of the basic and diluted net loss per share computations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands,
except per share data)
|
|
|
Net income (loss) (numerator)
|
|
$
|
1,007
|
|
|
$
|
(5,731)
|
|
|
$
|
1,574
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares calculation (denominator)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares
outstanding basic
|
|
|
74,639
|
|
|
|
73,279
|
|
|
|
72,015
|
|
Effect of Dilutive Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Potential Common Stock relating to
stock options
|
|
|
544
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,028
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average shares
outstanding diluted
|
|
|
75,183
|
|
|
|
73,279
|
|
|
|
73,043
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per
share basic
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
(0.08)
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per
share diluted
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
(0.08)
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 10: Credit
Facilities and Long-Term Debt
Harmonic has a bank line of credit facility with Silicon Valley
Bank, which provides for borrowings of up to $22.9 million,
including $2.9 million for equipment under a secured term
loan. This facility, which was amended and restated in December
2006, expires in March 2007, and contains financial and other
covenants including the requirement for Harmonic to maintain
cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, net of credit
extensions, of not less than $30.0 million. If Harmonic is
unable to maintain this cash, cash equivalents and short-term
investments balance or satisfy the additional affirmative
covenant requirements, Harmonic would be in noncompliance with
the facility. In the event of noncompliance by Harmonic with the
covenants under the facility, Silicon Valley Bank would be
entitled to exercise its remedies under the facility which
include declaring all obligations immediately due and payable
and disposing of the collateral if obligations were not repaid.
At December 31, 2006, Harmonic was in compliance with the
covenants under this line of credit facility. The December 2006
amendment resulted in the company paying a fee of approximately
$6,000 and requiring payment of approximately $43,000 of
additional fees if the company does not maintain an unrestricted
deposit of $20.0 million with the bank. Future borrowings
pursuant to the line bear interest at the banks prime rate
(8.25% at December 31, 2006) or prime plus 0.5% for
equipment borrowings. Borrowings are payable monthly and are
collateralized by all of Harmonics assets except
intellectual property. As of December 31, 2006,
$0.5 million was outstanding under the equipment term loan
portion of this facility and there were no borrowings in 2006.
The term loan is repayable monthly, including principal and
interest at 8.75% per annum on outstanding borrowings as of
December 31, 2006 and matures at various dates through
December 2007. Other than standby letters of credit and
guarantees (Note 16), there were no other outstanding
borrowings or commitments under the line of credit facility as
of December 31, 2006.
83
Note 11: Capital
Stock
Preferred Stock. Harmonic has 5,000,000 authorized shares
of preferred stock. On July 23, 2002, The Company
classified 100,000 of these shares as Series A
Participating Preferred Stock in connection with the
Boards same day approval and adoption of a stockholder
rights plan. Under the plan, Harmonic declared and paid a
dividend of one preferred share purchase right for each share of
Harmonic common stock held by our stockholders of record as of
the close of business on August 7, 2002. Each preferred
share purchase right entitles the holder to purchase from us one
one-thousandth of a share of Series A Participating
Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, at a price of
$25.00, subject to adjustment. The rights are not immediately
exercisable, however, and will become exercisable only upon the
occurrence of certain events. The stockholder rights plan may
have the effect of deterring or delaying a change in control of
Harmonic.
Stock Issuances. During 2006, Harmonic issued
3,579,715 shares of common stock as part of the
consideration for the purchase of all the outstanding shares of
Entone. The shares had a value of $20.1 million at the time
of issuance. See Note 3 for additional information
regarding the acquisition of Entone.
During 2005, Harmonic issued 169,112 shares of common stock
as part of the consideration for the purchase of all the
outstanding shares of BTL. The shares had a value of
£1.0 million, or approximately $1.8 million, at
the time of issuance. See Note 3 for additional information
regarding the acquisition of BTL.
The
Form S-3
registration statement used in the public offering in 2003
remains effective and Harmonic continues to have the ability to
use the registration statement to issue various types of
securities, including common stock, preferred stock, debt
securities and warrants to purchase common stock from time to
time, up to an aggregate of approximately $200 million,
subject to market conditions and our capital needs.
Note 12: Benefit
Plans
Stock Option Plans. Harmonic has reserved
12,153,000 shares of Common Stock for issuance under
various employee stock option plans. The options are granted for
periods not exceeding ten years and generally vest 25% at one
year from date of grant, and an additional 1/48 per month
thereafter. Stock options are granted at the fair market value
of the stock at the date of grant. Beginning on
February 27, 2006, option grants had a term of seven years.
Certain option awards provide for accelerated vesting if there
is a change in control. Certain option awards granted to former
Entone employees in 2006 had a term of ten years from the
original Entone date of grant and are fully exercisable at the
date of grant and become restricted shares subject to
repurchase. At December 31, 2006 there were no restricted
shares outstanding.
Director Option Plans. In May 2002, Harmonics
stockholders approved the 2002 Director Option Plan (the
Plan), replacing the 1995 Director Option Plan.
In June 2006, Harmonics stockholders approved an amendment
to the Plan and increased the maximum number of shares of common
stock authorized for issuance over the term of the Plan by an
additional 300,000 shares to 700,000 shares and
reduced the term of future options granted under the Plan to
seven years. Harmonic has a total of 728,000 shares of
Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Director Plans. The
Plan provides for the grant of non-statutory stock options to
certain non-employee directors of Harmonic pursuant to an
automatic, non-discretionary grant mechanism. Options are
granted at the fair market value of the stock at the date of
grant for periods not exceeding ten years. Initial grants
generally vest monthly over three years, and subsequent grants
generally vest monthly over one year.
84
The following table summarizes activities under the Plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
Available
|
|
|
Stock Options
|
|
|
Weighted
Average
|
|
|
|
for
Grant
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Exercise
Price
|
|
|
|
(in thousands
except exercise price)
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2003
|
|
|
3,404
|
|
|
|
7,947
|
|
|
|
14.44
|
|
Shares authorized
|
|
|
2,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
(1,583)
|
|
|
|
1,583
|
|
|
|
8.66
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(272)
|
|
|
|
5.16
|
|
Options canceled
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
|
(282)
|
|
|
|
14.12
|
|
Options expired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(36)
|
|
|
|
31.49
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2004
|
|
|
4,603
|
|
|
|
8,940
|
|
|
|
13.64
|
|
Shares authorized
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
(1,416)
|
|
|
|
1,416
|
|
|
|
6.05
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(476)
|
|
|
|
6.13
|
|
Options canceled
|
|
|
797
|
|
|
|
(797)
|
|
|
|
10.54
|
|
Options expired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(19)
|
|
|
|
45.90
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2005
|
|
|
3,984
|
|
|
|
9,064
|
|
|
$
|
13.05
|
|
Shares authorized
|
|
|
300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options granted
|
|
|
(2,236)
|
|
|
|
2,236
|
|
|
|
5.35
|
|
Options exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(359)
|
|
|
|
4.18
|
|
Options canceled
|
|
|
1,584
|
|
|
|
(1,584)
|
|
|
|
11.26
|
|
Options expired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(108)
|
|
|
|
42.13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
3,632
|
|
|
|
9,249
|
|
|
|
11.50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options vested and exercisable as
of December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,375
|
|
|
|
13.99
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options vested and
expected-to-vest
as of December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,732
|
|
|
$
|
11.84
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The weighted-average fair value of options granted was $3.97,
$3.93, and $6.42 for 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.
85
The following table summarizes information regarding stock
options outstanding at December 31, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock Options
Outstanding
|
|
Stock Options
Exercisable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
Outstanding
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
|
Number
Exercisable
|
|
|
|
|
at
December 31,
|
|
Contractual
Life
|
|
Weighted-Average
|
|
at
December 31,
|
|
Weighted
Average
|
Range of Exercise
Prices
|
|
2006
|
|
(Years)
|
|
Exercise
Price
|
|
2006
|
|
Exercise
Price
|
|
|
|
(in thousands,
except exercise price and life)
|
|
$
|
0.19
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
5.14
|
|
|
|
1,385
|
|
|
|
6.1
|
|
|
$
|
3.40
|
|
|
|
950
|
|
|
$
|
3.23
|
|
|
5.17
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
5.86
|
|
|
|
1,077
|
|
|
|
7.6
|
|
|
|
5.80
|
|
|
|
419
|
|
|
|
5.81
|
|
|
5.87
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
7.70
|
|
|
|
1,731
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
|
|
6.08
|
|
|
|
315
|
|
|
|
6.58
|
|
|
7.78
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
9.13
|
|
|
|
1,822
|
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
|
|
8.83
|
|
|
|
1,578
|
|
|
|
8.85
|
|
|
9.23
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
11.50
|
|
|
|
1,475
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
10.18
|
|
|
|
1,360
|
|
|
|
10.24
|
|
|
11.53
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
25.50
|
|
|
|
1,303
|
|
|
|
3.1
|
|
|
|
22.49
|
|
|
|
1,297
|
|
|
|
22.54
|
|
|
25.81
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
121.68
|
|
|
|
456
|
|
|
|
2.9
|
|
|
|
53.79
|
|
|
|
456
|
|
|
|
53.79
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,249
|
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
|
$
|
11.50
|
|
|
|
6,375
|
|
|
$
|
13.99
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The weighted-average remaining contractual life for all
exercisable stock options at December 31, 2006 was
4.6 years. The weighted-average remaining contractual life
of all vested and
expected-to-vest
stock options at December 31, 2006 was 5.1 years.
Aggregate pre-tax intrinsic value of options outstanding and
exercisable at December 31, 2006 was $9.0 million and
$4.7 million, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value
of stock options vested and
expected-to-vest
net of estimated forfeitures was $8.2 million at
December 31, 2006. Aggregate pre-tax intrinsic value
represents the difference between our closing price on the last
trading day of the fiscal period, which was $7.27 as of
December 31, 2006, and the exercise price multiplied by the
number of options outstanding or exercisable. The intrinsic
value of exercised stock options is calculated based on the
difference between the exercise price and the quoted market
price of our common stock as of the close of the exercise date.
The aggregate intrinsic value of exercised stock options was
$0.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2006.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan. In May 2002,
Harmonics stockholders approved the 2002 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan (the 2002 Purchase Plan) replacing the
1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan effective for the offering
period beginning on July 1, 2002. In May 2004,
Harmonics stockholders approved an amendment to the 2002
Purchase Plan and increased the maximum number of shares of
common stock authorized for issuance over the term of the 2002
Purchase Plan by an additional 2,000,000 shares. In June
2006, Harmonics stockholders approved an amendment to the
2002 Purchase Plan to increase the maximum number of shares of
common stock available for issuance under the 2002 Purchase Plan
by an additional 2,000,000 shares to 5,500,000 shares
and reduce the term of future offering periods to six months,
which will be effective for the offering period beginning
January 1, 2007. The 2002 Purchase Plan enables employees
to purchase shares at 85% of the fair market value of the Common
Stock at the beginning of the offering period or end of the
purchase period, whichever is lower. Prior to the approval of
the June 2006 amendment, each offering period had a maximum
duration of two years and consisted of four six-month purchase
periods. Offering periods and purchase periods generally began
on the first trading day on or after January 1 and July 1
of each year. The 2002 Purchase Plan is intended to qualify as
an employee stock purchase plan under
Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. During the 2006,
2005 and 2004, the number of shares of stock issued under the
purchase plans were 811,565; 705,171 and 774,683 shares at
weighted average prices of $4.04, $5.05 and $2.32, respectively.
The weighted-average fair value of each right to purchase shares
of common stock granted under the purchase plans were $1.42,
$1.82 and $2.68 for 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. At
December 31, 2006, there were 2,483,495 shares
reserved for future issuances under the 2002 Purchase Plan.
86
Retirement/Savings Plan. Harmonic has a
retirement/savings plan which qualifies as a thrift plan under
Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. This plan
allows participants to contribute up to 20% of total
compensation, subject to applicable Internal Revenue Service
limitations. Harmonic makes discretionary contributions to the
plan of 25% of the first 4% contributed by eligible participants
up to a maximum contribution per participant of $750 per
year. This amount has been increased to $1,000 effective
January 1, 2006. Such amounts totaled $0.3 million in
2006, $0.3 million in 2005, and $0.3 million in 2004.
Stock-based
Compensation
The following table summarizes the impact of options from
SFAS 123(R) on stock-based compensation costs for employees
on our Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended
December 31, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
|
Employee stock-based compensation in
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of sales
|
|
$
|
957
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and development expense
|
|
|
1,638
|
|
Sales, general and administrative
expense
|
|
|
2,944
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total employee stock-based
compensation in operating expense
|
|
|
4,582
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total employee stock-based
compensation
|
|
|
5,539
|
|
Amount capitalized in inventory
|
|
|
31
|
|
Total other stock-based
compensation(1)
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stock-based compensation
|
|
$
|
5,752
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.
|
|
Other stock-based compensation
represents charges related to non-employee stock options.
|
As of December 31, 2006, total unamortized stock-based
compensation cost related to unvested stock options was
$6.9 million, with the weighted average recognition period
of 2.4 years.
87
If the fair value based method prescribed by
SFAS No. 123 had been applied in measuring employee
stock-based compensation in fiscal year 2005 and 2004, the pro
forma effect on net income (loss) and net income (loss) per
share would have been as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands,
except per share amounts)
|
|
|
Net income (loss, as reported)
|
|
|
(5,731)
|
|
|
|
1,574
|
|
Less: Stock-based compensation
expense previously determined under fair value based method, net
of related tax effects
|
|
$
|
(8,936)
|
|
|
$
|
(11,240)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income (loss), after
effect of stock-based compensation for employees
|
|
$
|
(14,667)
|
|
|
$
|
(9,666)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic as reported for
prior period
|
|
|
(0.08)
|
|
|
|
0.02
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic after effect of
stock-based compensation for employees
|
|
$
|
(0.20)
|
|
|
$
|
(0.13)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted as reported for
prior period
|
|
|
(0.08)
|
|
|
|
0.02
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted after effect of
stock-based compensation for employees
|
|
$
|
(0.20)
|
|
|
$
|
(0.13)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of
grant using the Black-Scholes multiple option pricing model with
the following weighted average assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee Stock
Options
|
|
Employee Stock
Purchase Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected life (years)
|
|
4.75
|
|
3.6
|
|
3.5
|
|
0.5
|
|
0.8
|
|
1.3
|
Volatility
|
|
75%
|
|
96%
|
|
123%
|
|
54%
|
|
69%
|
|
87%
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
4.6%
|
|
3.8%
|
|
2.3%
|
|
5.0%
|
|
3.7
|
|
2.2%
|
Dividend yield
|
|
0.0%
|
|
0.0%
|
|
0.0%
|
|
0.0%
|
|
0.0%
|
|
0.0%
|
The expected term for employee stock options and the ESPP
represents the weighted-average period that the stock options
are expected to remain outstanding. We derived the expected term
using the SAB 107 simplified method. As alternative sources
of data become available in order to determine the expected term
we will incorporate these data into our assumption.
We use the historical volatility over the expected term of the
options and the ESPP offering period to estimate the expected
volatility. We believe that the historical volatility, at this
time, represents fairly the future volatility of its common
stock. We will continue to monitor relevant information to
measure expected volatility for future option grants and ESPP
offering periods.
The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed
interest rates appropriate for the term of our employee stock
options. The dividend yield assumption is based on our history
and expectation of dividend payouts.
88
Note 13: Income
Taxes
Income before provision for income taxes consisted of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
4,247
|
|
|
$
|
(3,656
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,734
|
|
International
|
|
|
(2,631
|
)
|
|
|
(1,638
|
)
|
|
|
429
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,616
|
|
|
|
(5,294
|
)
|
|
|
2,163
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The provision for income taxes consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
Current
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
351
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
International
|
|
|
258
|
|
|
|
437
|
|
|
|
589
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
609
|
|
|
|
437
|
|
|
|
589
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
International
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
609
|
|
|
$
|
437
|
|
|
$
|
589
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harmonics provision for income taxes differed from the
amount computed by applying the statutory U.S. federal
income tax rate to the loss before income taxes as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
Provision for (benefit from) income
taxes at statutory rate
|
|
$
|
565
|
|
|
$
|
(1,853
|
)
|
|
$
|
757
|
|
State Taxes
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Differential in rates on foreign
earnings
|
|
|
(160
|
)
|
|
|
(123
|
)
|
|
|
(86
|
)
|
Losses for which no benefit,
(benefit) is taken
|
|
|
(1,687
|
)
|
|
|
2,173
|
|
|
|
(226
|
)
|
Alternative Minimum Taxes
|
|
|
252
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-deductible stock compensation
|
|
|
1,297
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-deductible meals and
entertainment
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
|
177
|
|
|
|
144
|
|
Other
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
$
|
609
|
|
|
$
|
437
|
|
|
$
|
589
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
89
Deferred tax assets (liabilities) comprise the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reserves and accruals
|
|
$
|
31,212
|
|
|
$
|
30,446
|
|
|
$
|
33,491
|
|
Net operating loss carryovers
|
|
|
72,605
|
|
|
|
78,687
|
|
|
|
67,484
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
8,751
|
|
|
|
10,849
|
|
|
|
3,921
|
|
Research and development credit
carryovers
|
|
|
10,419
|
|
|
|
9,482
|
|
|
|
12,474
|
|
Other
|
|
|
3,489
|
|
|
|
1,275
|
|
|
|
7,377
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets
|
|
|
126,476
|
|
|
|
130,739
|
|
|
|
124,747
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(120,069
|
)
|
|
|
(130,739
|
)
|
|
|
(122,924
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
|
6,407
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,823
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangibles
|
|
|
(6,407
|
)
|
|
|
(525
|
)
|
|
|
(1,823
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
(liabilities)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(525
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon future
earnings, the timing and amount of which are uncertain.
Accordingly, the net deferred tax assets have been offset by a
valuation allowance. The deferred tax liabilities relate to
purchase accounting for acquisitions. The valuation allowance
decreased by $10.5 million, increased by $7.8 million
and decreased by $0.7 million for the years ended
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
As of December 31, 2006, the Company had tax net operating
loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes of
approximately $184.0 million, which expire beginning in the
year 2021. The Company also has state net operating loss
carryforwards of approximately $60.4 million, which expire
beginning in 2012. As of December 31, 2006, the portion of
the federal net operating loss carryfowards which relates to
stock option deductions is approximately $7.7 million. As
of December 31, 2006, the portion of the state net
operating loss carryfowards which relates to stock option
deductions is approximately $3.6 million. Pursuant to
SFAS No. 123R, the benefit of these net operating loss
carry forwards will only be recorded to equity when they reduce
cash taxes payable. As of December 31, 2006, the Company
also had federal and state tax credit carryovers of
approximately $5.3 million and $9.3 million,
respectively, available to offset future taxable income. The
federal credits expire beginning 2006, while the state credits
will not expire.
As of December 31, 2006, the Company has foreign tax
operating loss carryforwards of approximately $23.7 million
which have no expiration periods.
Utilization of the Companys net operating loss and tax
credits may be subject to substantial annual limitation due to
the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal
Revenue Code and similar state provisions. Such an annual
limitation could result in the expiration of the net operating
loss before utilization.
U.S. income taxes were not provided for on a cumulative
total of approximately $10.0 million of undistributed
earnings for certain
non-U.S. subsidiaries.
Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred tax
liability for temporary differences related to investments in
these
non-U.S. subsidiaries
that are essentially permanent in duration is not practicable.
The company currently intends to reinvest these earnings in
operations outside the U.S.
90
Note 14: Segment
Information
Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise
that engage in business activities for which separate financial
information is available and evaluated by the chief operating
decision maker. The Company had been organized into two
operating segments: BAN, for fiber optic systems, and CS, for
digital headend systems. Each segment had its own management
team directing its product development, marketing strategies and
its customer service requirements. In the fourth quarter of
2005, an organizational restructuring was announced that
combined the Companys CS division and BAN division into a
single segment. Effective January 1, 2006, the
Companys new organizational structure was implemented with
the Company operating as a single operating segment and
reporting its financial results as a single segment as of the
first quarter of 2006. Segment information for prior periods has
been restated to reflect the Companys current
organizational structure. A single sales force, organized
geographically, has historically supported the divisions with
appropriate product and market specialization, as required, and
it continues to sell the entire range of products of the Company.
Geographic
Information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in
thousands)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
126,420
|
|
|
$
|
153,264
|
|
|
$
|
143,818
|
|
International
|
|
|
121,264
|
|
|
|
104,114
|
|
|
|
104,488
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
247,684
|
|
|
$
|
257,378
|
|
|
$
|
248,306
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
12,791
|
|
|
$
|
14,994
|
|
|
$
|
17,730
|
|
International
|
|
|
2,025
|
|
|
|
2,046
|
|
|
|
1,881
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
14,816
|
|
|
$
|
17,040
|
|
|
$
|
19,611
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Major Customers. To date, a substantial majority of
Harmonics net sales have been to relatively few customers,
and Harmonic expects this customer concentration to continue in
the foreseeable future. In 2006, 2005 and 2004, sales to Comcast
accounted for 12%, 18% and 17% of net sales, respectively.
Note 15: Related
Party
A director of Harmonic is also a director of Terayon
Communications, with whom the Company signed a reseller
agreement for certain products during the second quarter of
2002. During 2006 and 2005, the Company purchased approximately
$4.4 million and $20.4 million, respectively, in
products from Terayon. As of December 31, 2006 and 2005,
Harmonic had liabilities to Terayon of approximately
$1.0 million and $0.7 million, respectively, for
inventory purchases.
91
Warranties. The Company accrues for estimated
warranty costs at the time of product shipment. Management
periodically reviews the estimated fair value of its warranty
liability and adjusts based on the terms of warranties provided
to customers, historical and anticipated warranty claims
experience, and estimates of the timing and cost of specified
warranty claims. Activity for the Companys warranty
accrual, which is included in accrued liabilities is summarized
below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
Balance as of January 1
|
|
$
|
6,166
|
|
|
$
|
5,429
|
|
Accrual for warranties
|
|
|
4,038
|
|
|
|
5,506
|
|
Warranty costs incurred
|
|
|
(4,143)
|
|
|
|
(4,769)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31
|
|
$
|
6,061
|
|
|
$
|
6,166
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Standby Letters of Credit. As of December 31,
2006 the Companys financial guarantees consisted of
standby letters of credit outstanding, which were principally
related to customs bond requirements, performance bonds and
state requirements imposed on employers. The maximum amount of
potential future payments under these arrangements was
$0.8 million.
Indemnifications. Harmonic is obligated to indemnify
its officers and the members of its Board of Directors pursuant
to its bylaws and contractual indemnity agreements. Harmonic
also indemnifies some of its suppliers and customers for
specified intellectual property matters pursuant to certain
contractual arrangements, subject to certain limitations. The
scope of these indemnities varies, but in some instances,
includes indemnification for damages and expenses (including
reasonable attorneys fees). There have been no claims
against us for indemnification pursuant to any of these
arrangements and, accordingly, no amounts have been accrued in
respect of the indemnifications provisions through
December 31, 2006.
Guarantees. As of December 31, 2006, Harmonic
had no other guarantees outstanding.
|
|
Note 17:
|
Commitments and
Contingencies
|
Commitments Leases. Harmonic leases its
facilities under noncancelable operating leases which expire at
various dates through September 2010. In addition, Harmonic
leases vehicles in several foreign countries under noncancelable
operating leases which expire in 2007 and 2008. Total lease
payments related to these operating leases were
$11.7 million, $12.0 million and $11.5 million
for 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Future minimum lease
payments under noncancelable operating leases at
December 31, 2006, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In
thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
$
|
13,305
|
|
2008
|
|
|
12,747
|
|
2009
|
|
|
12,878
|
|
2010
|
|
|
9,672
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
48,602
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
92
As of December 31, 2006, $26.4 million of these future
lease payments were accrued for as part of accrued excess
facility costs. See Note 5 Restructuring, Excess
Facilities and Inventory Provisions.
Commitments Royalties. Harmonic has
licensed certain technologies from various companies and
incorporates this technology into its own products and is
required to pay royalties usually based on shipment of products.
In addition, Harmonic has obtained research and development
grants under various Israeli government programs that require
the payment of royalties on sales of certain products resulting
from such research. During 2006, 2005 and 2004 royalty expenses
were $1.6 million, $1.1 million and $0.7 million,
respectively.
Commitment Convertible Note. As part of
the terms of the Agreement and Plan of Merger with Entone
Technologies, Inc., Harmonic is obligated to purchase a
convertible note with a face amount of $2.5 million in the
new spun off private company subject to its closing of an
initial round of equity financing in which at least
$4 million is invested by third parties. This amount has
not yet been funded.
Purchase Commitments with Contract Manufacturers and
Suppliers. The Company relies on a limited number of
contract manufacturers and suppliers to provide manufacturing
services for a substantial majority of its products. In
addition, some components,
sub-assembly
and modules are obtained from a sole supplier or limited group
of suppliers. During the normal course of business, in order to
reduce manufacturing lead times and ensure adequate component
supply, the Company enters into agreements with certain contract
manufacturers and suppliers that allow them to procure inventory
based upon criteria as defined by the Company.
Commitments
Contingencies. Harmonics industry is
characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and
frequent claims and related litigation regarding patent and
other intellectual property rights. In particular, leading
companies in the telecommunications industry have extensive
patent portfolios. From time to time, third parties, including
these leading companies, have asserted and may assert exclusive
patent, copyright, trademark and other intellectual property
rights against us or our customers. Such assertions and claims
arise in the normal course of our operations. The resolution of
assertions and claims cannot be predicted with certainty.
Management believes that the final outcome of such matters would
not have a material adverse effect on Harmonics business,
operating results, financial position or cash flows.
|
|
Note 18:
|
Legal
Proceedings
|
Between June 28 and August 25, 2000, several actions
alleging violations of the federal securities laws by Harmonic
and certain of its officers and directors (some of whom are no
longer with Harmonic) were filed in or removed to the United
States District Court (the District Court) for the
Northern District of California. The actions subsequently were
consolidated.
A consolidated complaint, filed on December 7, 2000, was
brought on behalf of a purported class of persons who purchased
Harmonics publicly traded securities between January 19
and June 26, 2000. The complaint also alleged claims on
behalf of a purported subclass of persons who purchased C-Cube
securities between January 19 and May 3, 2000. In addition
to Harmonic and certain of its officers and directors, the
complaint also named C-Cube Microsystems Inc. and several of its
officers and directors as defendants. The complaint alleged
that, by making false or misleading statements regarding
Harmonics prospects and customers and its acquisition of
C-Cube, certain defendants violated sections 10(b) and
20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange
Act). The complaint also alleged that certain defendants
violated section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and
sections 11, 12(a)(2), and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933
(the Securities Act) by filing a false or misleading
registration statement, prospectus, and joint proxy in
connection with the C-Cube acquisition.
93
On July 3, 2001, the District Court dismissed the
consolidated complaint with leave to amend. An amended complaint
alleging the same claims against the same defendants was filed
on August 13, 2001. Defendants moved to dismiss the amended
complaint on September 24, 2001. On November 13, 2002,
the District Court issued an opinion granting the motions to
dismiss the amended complaint without leave to amend. Judgment
for defendants was entered on December 2, 2002. On
December 12, 2002, plaintiffs filed a motion to amend the
judgment and for leave to file an amended complaint pursuant to
Rules 59(e) and 15(a) of the Federal Rules of Civil
Procedure. On June 6, 2003, the District Court denied
plaintiffs motion to amend the judgment and for leave to
file an amended complaint. Plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal
on July 1, 2003. The appeal was heard by a panel of three
judges of the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth
Circuit (the Ninth Circuit) on February 17,
2005.
On November 8, 2005, the Ninth Circuit panel affirmed in
part, reversed in part, and remanded for further proceedings the
decision of the District Court. The Ninth Circuit affirmed the
District Courts dismissal of the plaintiffs fraud
claims under Sections 10(b), 14(a), and 20(a) of the
Exchange Act with prejudice, finding that the plaintiffs failed
to adequately plead their allegations of fraud. The Ninth
Circuit reversed the District Courts dismissal of the
plaintiffs claims under Sections 11 and 12(a)(2) of
the Securities Act, however, finding that those claims did not
allege fraud and therefore were subject to only minimal pleading
standards. Regarding the secondary liability claim under
Section 15 of the Securities Act, the Ninth Circuit
reversed the dismissal of that claim against Anthony J. Ley,
Harmonics Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and
affirmed the dismissal of that claim against Harmonic, while
granting leave to amend. The Ninth Circuit remanded the
surviving claims to the District Court for further proceedings.
On November 22, 2005, both the Harmonic defendants and the
plaintiffs petitioned the Ninth Circuit for a rehearing of the
appeal. On February 16, 2006 the Ninth Circuit denied both
petitions. On May 17, 2006 the plaintiffs filed an amended
complaint on the issues remanded for further proceedings by the
Ninth Circuit, to which the Harmonic defendants responded with a
motion to dismiss certain claims and to strike certain
allegations. On December 11, 2006, the Court granted the
motion to dismiss with respect to the Section 12(a)(2)
claim against the individual Harmonic defendants and granted the
motion to strike, but denied the motion to dismiss the
Section 15 claim. A case management conference was held on
January 25, 2007, at which the Court set a trial date in
August 2008, with discovery to close in February 2008. The Court
also ordered the parties to attend a settlement conference with
a magistrate judge or a private mediation before June 30,
2007.
A derivative action purporting to be on behalf of Harmonic was
filed against its then-current directors in the Superior Court
for the County of Santa Clara on September 5, 2000.
Harmonic also was named as a nominal defendant. The complaint is
based on allegations similar to those found in the securities
class action and claims that the defendants breached their
fiduciary duties by, among other things, causing Harmonic to
violate federal securities laws. The derivative action was
removed to the United States District Court for the Northern
District of California on September 20, 2000. All deadlines
in this action were stayed pending resolution of the motions to
dismiss the securities class action. On July 29, 2003, the
Court approved the parties stipulation to dismiss this
derivative action without prejudice and to toll the applicable
limitations period pending the Ninth Circuits decision in
the securities action. Pursuant to the stipulation, defendants
have provided plaintiff with a copy of the mandate issued by the
Ninth Circuit in the securities action.
A second derivative action purporting to be on behalf of
Harmonic was filed in the Superior Court for the County of
Santa Clara on May 15, 2003. It alleges facts similar
to those previously alleged in the securities class action and
the federal derivative action. The complaint names as defendants
former and current Harmonic officers and directors, along with
former officers and directors of C-Cube Microsystems, Inc., who
were named in the securities class action. The complaint also
named Harmonic as a nominal defendant. The complaint alleged
claims for abuse of control, gross mismanagement, and waste of
corporate assets against the Harmonic defendants, and claims for
breach of fiduciary duty, unjust enrichment, and negligent
misrepresentation against all defendants. On July 22, 2003,
the Court approved the parties stipulation to stay the
case pending resolution of the appeal in
94
the securities class action. Following the decision of the Ninth
Circuit discussed above, on May 9, 2006, defendants filed
demurrers to this complaint. The plaintiffs then filed an
amended complaint on July 10, 2006, which names only the
Harmonic defendants. The defendants filed demurrers to the
amended complaint, and a case management conference and hearing
are scheduled for May 15, 2007.
Based on its review of the surviving claims in the securities
class actions, Harmonic believes that it has meritorious
defenses and intends to defend itself vigorously. There can be
no assurance, however, that Harmonic will prevail. No estimate
can be made of the possible range of loss associated with the
resolution of this contingency, and accordingly, Harmonic has
not recorded a liability. An unfavorable outcome of this
litigation could have a material adverse effect on
Harmonics business, operating results, financial position
or cash flows.
On July 3, 2003, Stanford University and Litton Systems
filed a complaint in U.S. District Court for the Central
District of California alleging that optical fiber amplifiers
incorporated into certain of Harmonics products infringe
U.S. Patent No. 4859016. This patent expired in
September 2003. The complaint seeks injunctive relief, royalties
and damages. Harmonic has not been served in the case. At this
time, we are unable to determine whether we will be able to
settle this litigation on reasonable terms or at all, nor can we
predict the impact of an adverse outcome of this litigation if
we elect to defend against it. No estimate can be made of the
possible range of loss associated with the resolution of this
contingency and accordingly, we have not recorded a liability
associated with the outcome of a negotiated settlement or an
unfavorable verdict in litigation. An unfavorable outcome of
this matter could have a material adverse effect on
Harmonics business, operating results, financial position
or cash flows.
Harmonic is involved in other litigation and may be subject to
claims arising in the normal course of business. In the opinion
of management the amount of ultimate liability with respect to
these matters in the aggregate will not have a material adverse
effect on the Company or its operating results, financial
position or cash flows.
Item 9. Changes
in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and
Financial Disclosure
None.
|
|
Item 9A.
|
Controls and
Procedures
|
Disclosure
controls and procedures.
Our chief executive officer and our chief financial officer
participated in the evaluation of the effectiveness of the
Companys disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange
Act ),
Rules 13a-15(e)
or
15d-15(e))
as of the end of the period covered by this annual report, and
have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were
effective as of this date based on their evaluation of these
controls and procedures required by paragraph (b) of
Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15
or 15d-15.
Managements
annual report on internal control over financial reporting and
attestation report of the registered public accounting
firm.
Managements annual report on internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2006 appears on
page 58 of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
and is incorporated herein by reference. The report of
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP on managements assessment and
the effectiveness of Harmonics internal
95
control over financial reporting appears on page 60 of this
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
and is incorporated herein by reference.
Changes in
internal control over financial reporting.
There were no changes in our internal control over financial
reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required
by paragraph (d) of Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15
or 15d-15
that occurred during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2006 that have materially affected, or are
reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control
over financial reporting.
|
|
Item 9B.
|
Other
Information
|
None.
96
PART III
Certain information required by Part III is omitted from
this Report on
Form 10-K
pursuant to Instruction G to Exchange Act
Form 10-K,
and the Registrant will file its definitive Proxy Statement for
its 2007 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, pursuant to
Regulation 14A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (the 2007 Proxy Statement), not later than
120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this
Report, and certain information included in the 2007 Proxy
Statement is incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
Item 10.
|
Directors,
Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
|
Information concerning our directors and director nominees
required by this Item will be set forth in the 2007 Proxy
Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Information concerning our executive officers required by this
Item is included in Part I, Item 1 hereof under the
caption, Executive Officers of Registrant.
Information relating to compliance with Section 16(a) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 will be set forth in the
2007 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Information concerning our audit committee and our audit
committee financial expert will be set forth in our 2007 Proxy
Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Harmonic has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for
Senior Operational and Financial Leadership (the
Code) which applies to its Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer, its Chief Financial Officer, its Corporate
Controller and other senior operational and financial
management. The Code is available on the Companys website
at www.harmonicinc.com.
Harmonic intends to satisfy the disclosure requirement under
Item 10 of
Form 8-K
regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of this
Code of Ethics by posting such information on our website, at
the address specified above, and to the extent required by the
listing standards of the NASDAQ Global Market, by filing a
Current Report on
Form 8-K
with the Securities and Exchange Commission disclosing such
information.
|
|
Item 11.
|
Executive
Compensation
|
The information required by this Item will be set forth in the
2007 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12. Security
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and
Related Stockholder Matters
Information relating to security ownership of certain beneficial
owners and security ownership of management and related
stockholder matters will be set forth in the 2007 Proxy
Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
Securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation
plans: The disclosure required by Item 201(d) of
Regulation S-K
is set forth in the 2007 Proxy Statement and is incorporated
herein by reference.
97
Item 13. Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions and Director
Independence
The information required by this Item will be set forth in the
2007 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
Item 14.
|
Principal
Accounting Fees and Services
|
The information required for this item will be set forth in the
2007 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.
PART IV
|
|
Item 15.
|
Exhibits and
Financial Statement Schedules
|
|
|
1.
|
Financial Statements. See Index to Consolidated Financial
Statements at Item 8 on page 59 of this Annual Report
on
Form 10-K.
|
|
2.
|
Financial Statement Schedules. Financial statement
schedules have been omitted because the information is not
required to be set forth herein, is not applicable or is
included in the financial statements or notes thereto.
|
|
3.
|
Exhibits. The documents listed in the
Exhibit Index of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
are filed herewith or are incorporated by reference in this
Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
in each case as indicated therein.
|
98
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15
(d) of the Securities Act of 1934, the Registrant, Harmonic
Inc., a Delaware corporation, has duly caused this Annual Report
on
Form 10-K
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Sunnyvale, State of California, on
March 15, 2007.
HARMONIC INC.
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ PATRICK
J. HARSHMAN
|
Patrick J. Harshman
President and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, this Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the
Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Patrick
J. Harshman
(Patrick
J. Harshman)
|
|
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
|
|
March 15, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Robin
N. Dickson
(Robin
N. Dickson)
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
|
|
March 15, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Anthony
J. Ley
(Anthony
J. Ley)
|
|
Chairman of the Board
|
|
March 15, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ E.
Floyd Kvamme
(E.
Floyd Kvamme)
|
|
Director
|
|
March 15, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ William
Reddersen
(William
Reddersen)
|
|
Director
|
|
March 15, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Lewis
Solomon
(Lewis
Solomon)
|
|
Director
|
|
March 15, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Michel
L. Vaillaud
(Michel
L. Vaillaud)
|
|
Director
|
|
March 15, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ David
Van Valkenburg
(David
Van Valkenburg)
|
|
Director
|
|
March 15, 2007
|
99
EXHIBIT INDEX
The following Exhibits to this report are filed herewith, or if
marked with a (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii), (viii),
(ix), (x), (xi) or (xii) are incorporated herein by
reference.
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
|
2.1(v)
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger and
Reorganization by and among C-Cube Microsystems, Inc. and the
Registrant dated October 27, 1999
|
|
|
|
2.2(xv)
|
|
Agreement and Plan of Merger by and
among Entone Technologies, Inc., Edinburgh Acquisition
Corporation, the Registrant, Entone, Inc., Entone Technologies
(HK) Limited, Jim Jones as stockholder representative, and
U.S. Bank, National Association, as Escrow Agent dated
August 21, 2006
|
|
|
|
2.3
|
|
Amendment No. 1, dated
November 29, 2006, to the Agreement and Plan of Merger by
and among Entone Technologies, Inc., Edinburgh Acquisition
Corporation, the Registrant, Entone, Inc., Entone Technologies
(HK) Limited, Jim Jones as stockholder representative, and
U.S. Bank, National Association, as Escrow Agent dated
August 21, 2006
|
|
|
|
3.1(viii)
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of
Registrant as amended
|
|
|
|
3.3(ix)
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of
Registrant
|
|
|
|
4.1(i)
|
|
Form of Common Stock Certificate
|
|
|
|
4.2(ix)
|
|
Preferred Stock Rights Agreement
dated July 24, 2002 between the Registrant and Mellon
Investor Services LLC
|
|
|
|
4.3(ix)
|
|
Certificate of Designation of
Rights, Preferences and Privileges of Series A
Participating in Preferred Stock of Registrant
|
|
|
|
4.4(i)
|
|
Registration and Participation
Rights and Modification Agreement dated as of July 22, 1994
among Registrant and certain holders of Registrants Common
Stock
|
|
|
|
10.1(i)*
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement
|
|
|
|
10.2(i)*
|
|
1988 Stock Option Plan and form of
Stock Option Agreement
|
|
|
|
10.3(i)*
|
|
1995 Stock Plan and form of Stock
Option Agreement
|
|
|
|
10.4(i)*
|
|
1995 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
and form of Subscription Agreement
|
|
|
|
10.5(i)*
|
|
1995 Director Option Plan and
form of Director Option Agreement
|
|
|
|
10.7(ii)
|
|
Business Loan Agreement, Commercial
Security Agreement and Promissory Note dated August 26,
1993, as amended on September 14, 1995, between Registrant
and Silicon Valley Bank
|
|
|
|
10.8(ii)
|
|
Facility lease dated as of
January 12, 1996 by and between Eastrich No. 137
Corporation and Company
|
|
|
|
10.9(xii)*
|
|
Change of Control Severance
Agreement dated March 1, 2004 between Registrant and
Anthony J. Ley
|
|
|
|
10.10(xii)*
|
|
Form of Change of Control Severance
Agreement between Registrant and certain executive officers of
Registrant
|
|
|
|
10.11(iv)*
|
|
1997 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan
|
|
|
|
10.12(iii)*
|
|
1999 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan
|
|
|
|
10.13(vi)
|
|
Lease Agreement for
603-611
Baltic Way, Sunnyvale, California
|
|
|
|
10.14(vi)
|
|
Lease Agreement for 1322 Crossman
Avenue, Sunnyvale, California
|
|
|
|
10.15(vi)
|
|
Lease Agreement for 646 Caribbean
Drive, Sunnyvale, California
|
100
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.16(vi)
|
|
Lease Agreement for 632 Caribbean
Drive, Sunnyvale, California
|
|
|
|
10.17(vi)
|
|
First Amendment to the Lease
Agreement for 549 Baltic Way, Sunnyvale, California
|
|
|
|
10.18(viii)
|
|
Restated Non-Recourse Receivables
Purchase Agreement dated September 25, 2001 between
Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank
|
|
|
|
10.19(viii)
|
|
Modification Agreement dated
December 14, 2001 to the Restated Non-Recourse Receivables
Purchase Agreement dated September 25, 2001, between
Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank
|
|
|
|
10.20(viii)
|
|
Loan Modification Agreement by and
between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank dated
August 10, 2001
|
|
|
|
10.21(viii)
|
|
Loan Modification Agreement by and
between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank dated
December 17, 2001
|
|
|
|
10.22(x)
|
|
Amendment to Loan Documents, dated
September 26, 2003, by and between Silicon Valley Bank and
Harmonic Inc.
|
|
|
|
10.23(xi)*
|
|
2002 Director Option Plan and
Form of Stock Option Agreement
|
|
|
|
10.24(xi)*
|
|
2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
and Form of Subscription Agreement
|
|
|
|
10.25(vii)
|
|
Supply License and Development
Agreement, dated as of October 27, 1999, by and between
C-Cube Microsystems and Harmonic
|
|
|
|
10.26(xviii)
|
|
Second Amended and Restated Loan
and Security Agreement by and between Harmonic Inc., as
Borrower, and Silicon Valley Bank, as Lender, dated
December 17, 2004
|
|
|
|
10.27(xiv)
|
|
First Amendment to Second Amended
and Restated Loan and Security Agreement by and between Harmonic
Inc., as Borrower, and Silicon Valley Bank, as Lender, dated as
of December 16, 2005
|
|
|
|
10.28(xvi)
|
|
Amendment No. 2 to the Second
Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, by and between
Harmonic Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank, dated as of
December 15, 2006
|
|
|
|
10.29(xvii)
|
|
Entone Technologies, Inc. 2003
Stock Plan
|
|
|
|
10.30(xvii)
|
|
First Amendment to Entone
Technologies, Inc. 2003 Stock Plan
|
|
|
|
10.31(xvii)
|
|
Entone Technologies, Inc. 2003
Stock Plan Form of Stock Purchase Agreement
|
|
|
|
10.32(xvii)
|
|
Entone Technologies, Inc. 2003
Stock Plan Form of Stock Option Agreement
|
|
|
|
21.1
|
|
Subsidiaries of Registrant
|
|
|
|
23.1
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm
|
|
|
|
31.1
|
|
Certification of Principal
Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
|
|
31.2
|
|
Certification of Principal
Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
|
|
32.1
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive
Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
|
|
32.2
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial
Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Indicates a management contract or
compensatory plan or arrangement relating to executive officers
or directors of the Company.
|
(i)
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Registration Statement on
Form S-1
No. 33-90752.
|
(ii)
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 1995.
|
(iii)
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Registration Statement on
Form S-8
dated September 7, 1999.
|
101
|
|
|
(iv)
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Registration Statement on
Form S-8
dated January 14, 1998.
|
(v)
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Current Report on Form
8-K dated
November 1, 1999.
|
(vi)
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Amendment to its Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q/A
for the quarter ended June 30, 2000.
|
(vii)
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Registration Statement on
Form S-4
No. 333-33148.
|
(viii)
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2001.
|
(ix)
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated July 25, 2002.
|
(x)
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Company Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the
quarter ended September 26, 2003.
|
(xi)
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2002.
|
(xii)
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Current Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2003.
|
(xiii)
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Definitive Proxy Statement dated
April 21, 2004.
|
(xiv)
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated December 22, 2005.
|
(xv)
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated August 21, 2006.
|
(xvi)
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Current Report on
Form 8-K
dated December 21, 2006.
|
(xvii)
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Registration Statement on
Form S-8
dated February 28, 2007.
|
(xviii)
|
|
Previously filed as an Exhibit to
the Companys Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2004.
|
102
exv2w3
Exhibit 2.3
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER
Amendment No. 1, dated as of November 29, 2006 (this Amendment), to the Agreement
and Plan of Merger dated as of August 21, 2006 (the Merger Agreement), by and among
Harmonic Inc., a Delaware corporation (Harmonic), Entone Technologies, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (Entone), Edinburgh Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation and
wholly-owned subsidiary of Harmonic, Entone, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Entone Technologies (HK)
Limited, a Hong Kong company and with respect to certain sections of the Merger Agreement, Jim
Jones, as stockholder representative (the Stockholder Representative), and U.S. Bank,
National Association, as escrow agent (such parties to the Merger Agreement shall collectively be
referred to herein as the Parties). Each capitalized term used and not otherwise defined
herein shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Merger Agreement.
WHEREAS, on August 21, 2006, parties executed the Merger Agreement, which contemplates, among
other things, the acquisition of Entones video-on-demand (VOD) business by Harmonic;
WHEREAS, the Merger Agreement may be amended by the parties at any time by execution of an
instrument in writing signed on behalf of the party against whom enforcement is sought and the
stockholders of Entone have agreed that any amendment of the Merger Agreement signed by the
Stockholder Representative shall be binding upon and effective against such stockholders whether or
not they have signed such amendment; and
WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Merger Agreement as provided in this Amendment and in
Exhibit A hereof.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and
valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties
hereto agree as follows:
Section 1. Amendments to the Merger Agreement.
(a) A definition for Additional Escrow Amount shall be added in Section 1.6(a)(i) of the
Merger Agreement to read as follows:
Additional Escrow Amount shall mean an amount equal to $2,250,000.
(b) Section 1.8(b) of the Merger Agreement shall be amended to delete the clause the Escrow
Amount and the Expense Escrow Amount and replace such clause with the Escrow Amount, the
Additional Escrow Amount and the Expense Escrow Amount.
(c) Section 1.8(c) of the Merger Agreement shall be amended to delete the clause (less the
portion of the Escrow Amount and the Expense Escrow Amount to be deposited in the Escrow Fund and
the portion of the Escrow Amount to be deposited in the Tax Escrow Fund, in each case on such
holders behalf pursuant to Section 1.8(b) hereof and Article VII hereof) and replace such clause
with (less the portion of the Escrow Amount, the Additional Escrow Amount and the Expense Escrow
Amount to be deposited in the Escrow Fund and the portion of the Escrow Amount to be deposited in
the Tax Escrow Fund, in each case on such holders behalf pursuant to Section 1.8(b) hereof and
Article VII hereof).
(d) Section 5.6(a)(i) of the Merger Agreement shall be amended and replaced in its entirety by
the following:
the escrow and indemnification obligations of the Company Stockholders set forth in Article
VII hereof and the deposit of Merger Cash equal to the Escrow Amount, the Additional Escrow
Amount, the Tax Escrow Amount and the Expense Escrow Amount into the Escrow Fund and
(e) Section 7.2(a) of the Merger Agreement shall be amended to delete the clause claims,
losses, liabilities, damages, deficiencies, diminution in value, costs, interest, awards,
judgments, penalties and expenses, including reasonable attorneys and consultants fees and
expenses and including any such reasonable expenses incurred in connection with investigating,
defending against or settling any of the foregoing, but excluding any such items that the Newco
Group agrees to, and does, pay timely, but not later than the Survival Date, (hereinafter
individually a Loss and collectively Losses) and replace it with the following:
claims, losses, liabilities, damages, deficiencies, diminution in value, costs, royalties,
interest, awards, judgments, penalties and expenses, including reasonable attorneys and
consultants fees and expenses and including any such reasonable expenses incurred in
connection with investigating, defending against or settling any of the foregoing, but
excluding any such items that the Newco Group agrees to, and does, pay timely, but not later
than the Survival Date, (hereinafter individually a Loss and collectively Losses).
(f) Section 7.2(a) of the Merger Agreement shall be amended to delete the word and
immediately before the (x) in subclause (x) and to add a new subclause (xi) immediately
following the existing subclause (x) to read as follows:
, and (xi) Losses paid, spent or incurred by Parent as described in Schedule 7.2(a) hereof
(the Additional Escrow Matter), and the terms and conditions set forth in such Schedule
7.2(a) with respect to the Additional Escrow Matter shall be incorporated herein by
reference.
(g) New subsection (f) shall be added to Section 7.3 of the Merger Agreement, and shall read
as follows:
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, (i) in no event shall the Additional
Escrow Amount be available to an Indemnified Party to satisfy any claim for indemnification
for any Loss relating to any matter other than an Additional Escrow Matter, and (ii) in the
event that a claim for indemnification for any Loss related to any Additional Escrow Matter
shall be made by an Indemnified Party, and the Additional Escrow Amount remaining in the
Escrow Fund shall be insufficient for the full satisfaction of any such claim (the
Additional Escrow Matter Shortfall), then such Indemnified Party shall be entitled to
receive, and shall receive, out of the Escrow Amount, an amount in cash equal to 50% of such
Additional Escrow Matter Shortfall up to, but in no event in excess of, $2,250,000 in the
aggregate.
(h) Section 7.4(a) of the Merger Agreement shall be amended and replaced in its entirety by
the following:
Escrow Fund. By virtue of this Agreement and as partial security (subject to Section 7.3(b)
above) for the indemnity obligations provided for in Section 7.2 hereof, at the Effective
Time, Parent will deposit with the Escrow Agent (i) the Escrow Amount and (ii) the
Additional Escrow Amount, without any act of the Stockholders, such deposit of the Escrow
Amount and the Additional Escrow Amount to constitute an escrow fund (the Escrow Fund) to
be governed by the terms set forth herein. The Escrow Amount shall be available to
compensate the Indemnified Parties for any claims by such parties for any Losses suffered or
incurred by them and for which they are entitled to recovery under this Article VII (and,
with respect to the Additional Escrow Matter, subject to such further limitations as set
forth in Schedule 7.2(a) and Section 7.4(e)). The Additional Escrow Amount shall be
available to compensate the Indemnified Parties solely for any claims by such parties for
any Losses sustained or incurred by them and for which they are
2
entitled to recovery under Section 7.2(a)(xi). The Escrow Agent may execute this Agreement following the date hereof and prior to the Closing, and such
later execution, if so executed after the date hereof, shall not affect the binding nature
of this Agreement as of the date hereof between the other signatories hereto.
(i) Section 7.4(e)(ii) of the Merger Agreement of the Merger Agreement shall be amended and
replaced in its entirety by the following:
Promptly following the Survival Date (the Claim Date), (A) one hundred percent (100%) of
the Escrow Amount, less any amount in respect of any satisfied and unsatisfied claims
specified in any Officers Certificate (Unresolved Claims) delivered to the Escrow Agent
and the Stockholder Representative on or prior to the Claim Date with respect to facts and
circumstances existing on or prior to the Survival Date (with respect to claims for Losses
relating to representations and warranties for which the survival terminates on the Survival
Date), shall be distributed to the Stockholders in accordance with clause (vi) of this
Section 7.4(e), and (B) one hundred percent (100%) of the Additional Escrow Amount, less any
amount in respect of any Losses incurred by any Indemnified Party on or prior to the Claim
Date, shall be distributed to the Stockholders in accordance with clause (v) of this Section
7.4(e).
(j) Section 7.4(e)(iii) of the Merger Agreement shall be amended to delete the clause the
Escrow Amount shall be distributed to the Stockholders in accordance with clause (vi) of this
Section 7.4(e) and replace such clause with the Escrow Amount and/or the Additional Escrow
Amount, as the case may be, shall be distributed to the Stockholders in accordance with clause (v-)
of this Section 7.4(e).
(k) Section 7.4(e)(iv) of the Merger Agreement shall be amended to delete the reference to
the Escrow Amount and replace such reference with the phrase the Escrow Amount and/or the
Additional Escrow Amount.
(l) Section 7.4(e)(v) of the Merger Agreement shall be amended to delete the reference to the
Escrow Amount and replace such reference with the phrase the Escrow Amount and/or the Additional
Escrow Amount.
(m) Section 7.4(f)(ii) of the Merger Agreement shall be amended and replaced in its entirety
by the following:
At the written direction of the Stockholder Representative, the Escrow Amount and the
Additional Escrow Amount shall be invested in (A) U.S. Treasury bills with maturities of not
more than thirty (30) days or (B) a money market mutual fund of the Escrow Agent (or another
nationally recognized banking institution) and any interest paid on such Escrow Amount
and/or the Additional Escrow Amount shall be added to the Escrow Fund and become a part
thereof. In the absence of any written investment direction, the Escrow Agent shall invest
the Escrow Amount and the Additional Escrow Amount in a U.S. Bank Money Market Account. All
income earned on the Escrow Amount and the Additional Escrow Amount shall be allocated for
tax purposes to each Stockholder in accordance with their Pro Rata Portion of the Escrow
Fund and reported to the appropriate taxing authority and to such Company Holder as income
to such Stockholder; provided, that if such income is ultimately awarded to the Indemnified
Parties, an amount sufficient to reimburse each Stockholder the amount of taxes actually
paid on account of such income shall be retained and disbursed by the Escrow Agent. The
Escrow Agent shall not be responsible for any investment losses incurred on the Escrow
Amount and/or the Additional Escrow Amount.
3
(n) Section 7.4(k)(vi) of the Merger Agreement shall be amended to delete each of the
references to the Escrow Amount and replace such references with the phrase the Escrow Amount
and/or the Additional Escrow Amount.
(o) Section 7.5(b) of the Merger Agreement shall be amended to delete the reference to the
Escrow Amount and replace such reference with the phrase the Escrow Amount and the Additional
Escrow Amount.
(p) A new Schedule 7.2(a), in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, shall be added to
the Merger Agreement.
Section 2. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of California, regardless of the laws that might otherwise
govern under applicable principles of conflicts of laws thereof.
Section 3. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in identical counterparts,
each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which shall constitute one and the same
agreement. This Amendment, once executed by a party, may be delivered to other parties hereto by
facsimile transmission of a copy of this Amendment bearing the signature of the party so delivering
this Amendment.
Section 4. Headings. The headings of this Amendment are for convenience of reference
only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning thereof.
Section 5. Effect of Amendment. Except as expressly modified by this Amendment, the
Merger Agreement shall remain in full force and effect as the same was in effect immediately prior
to the effectiveness of this Amendment. All references in the Merger Agreement to this Agreement
shall be deemed to refer to the Merger Agreement as modified by this Amendment.
[signature page to follow]
4
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their
respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
HARMONIC INC.
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ |
Robin N. Dickson
|
|
Name: |
|
Robin N. Dickson |
|
|
Title: |
|
Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
ENTONE TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ |
Steve McKay
|
|
Name: |
|
Steve McKay |
|
|
Title: |
|
Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
EDINBURGH ACQUISITION CORPORATION
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ |
Robin N. Dickson |
|
Name: |
|
Robin N. Dickson |
|
|
Title: |
|
Secretary |
|
|
|
ENTONE, INC.
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ |
Steve McKay
|
|
Name: |
|
Steve McKay |
|
|
Title: |
|
Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
ENTONE TECHNOLOGIES (HK) LIMITED
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ |
Steve McKay
|
|
Name: |
|
Steve McKay |
|
|
Title: |
|
Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
U.S. BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ |
Michael P. Susnow
|
|
Name: |
|
Michael P. Susnow |
|
|
Title: |
|
Vice President |
|
|
|
STOCKHOLDER REPRESENTATIVE
|
|
|
/s/ James J. Jones III
|
|
|
JIM JONES |
|
|
|
|
|
[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to the Merger Agreement]
exv21w1
Exhibit 21.1
Harmonic Inc. and Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
The following table shows certain information with respect to the active subsidiaries of the
Company as of December 31, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
State or Other Jurisdiction |
|
Percent of Voting Securities |
Name |
|
of Incorporation |
|
Owned by Harmonic |
Harmonic (Asia Pacific) Limited. |
|
Hong Kong |
|
100% |
Harmonic Video Systems Ltd. |
|
Israel |
|
100% |
Harmonic Europe S.A.S |
|
France |
|
100% |
Harmonic Germany GmbH |
|
Germany |
|
100% |
Harmonic International Inc. |
|
U.S.A. |
|
100% |
Harmonic International Limited |
|
Bermuda |
|
100% |
Harmonic Lightwaves (Israel) Ltd. |
|
Israel |
|
100% |
Harmonic Technologies, Inc. |
|
U.S.A. |
|
100% |
Harmonic Technologies (HK) Limited |
|
Hong Kong |
|
100% |
Harmonic (UK) Limited |
|
United Kingdom |
|
100% |
Harmonic Spain S.L |
|
Spain |
|
100% |
Broadcast Technology Limited |
|
United Kingdom |
|
100% |
exv23w1
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8
(Nos. 333-105873, 333-91464, 333-84720, 333-59248, 333-43160, 333-86649, 333-65051, 333-44265,
333-38025 and 033-94138) and Form S-3 (Nos. 333-84430 and 333-123823) of Harmonic Inc. of our
report dated March 13, 2006, relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule and
managements assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which
appears in this Form 10-K.
/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
San Jose, California
March 15, 2007
exv31w1
Exhibit 31.1
Harmonic Inc.
Certification of Principal Executive Officer
Pursuant to Section 302 of
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, Patrick J. Harshman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Harmonic Inc., certify that:
1. |
|
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Harmonic Inc.: |
|
2. |
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period
covered by this report; |
|
3. |
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in
this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report; |
|
4. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and
15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
|
a) |
|
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls
and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information
relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being
prepared; |
|
|
b) |
|
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal
control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation
of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles; |
|
|
c) |
|
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and procedures and
presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls
and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such
evaluation; and |
|
|
d) |
|
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over financial
reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter (the
registrants fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants internal control
over financial reporting; and |
5. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent
evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors and the
audit committee of the registrants board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions): |
|
a) |
|
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of
internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect
the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information;
and |
|
|
b) |
|
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who
have a significant role in the registrants internal control over financial reporting. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: March 15, 2007 |
By: |
/s/Patrick J. Harshman
|
|
|
|
Patrick J. Harshman |
|
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer) |
|
|
exv31w2
Exhibit 31.2
Harmonic Inc.
Certification of Principal Financial Officer
Pursuant to Section 302 of
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, Robin N. Dickson, Principal Financial Officer of Harmonic Inc., certify that:
1. |
|
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Harmonic Inc.: |
|
2. |
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact
or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the
circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period
covered by this report; |
|
3. |
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in
this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report; |
|
4. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and
15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: |
|
a) |
|
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls
and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information
relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by
others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being
prepared; |
|
|
b) |
|
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal
control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation
of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles; |
|
|
c) |
|
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and procedures and
presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls
and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such
evaluation; and |
|
|
d) |
|
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over financial
reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter (the
registrants fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants internal control
over financial reporting; and |
5. |
|
The registrants other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent
evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors and the
audit committee of the registrants board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions): |
|
a) |
|
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of
internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect
the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information;
and |
|
|
b) |
|
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who
have a significant role in the registrants internal control over financial reporting. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: March 15, 2007 |
By: |
/s/Robin N. Dickson
|
|
|
|
Robin N. Dickson |
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer) |
|
|
exv32w1
Exhibit 32.1
Harmonic Inc.
Certification of Principal Executive Officer
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as Adopted Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
As of the date hereof, I, Patrick J. Harshman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Harmonic
Inc. (the Company), certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section
906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the annual report of the Company on Form 10-K for the
fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
Report), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material
respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. This written statement
is being furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit accompanying such Report
and shall not be deemed filed pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Date: March 15, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Patrick J. Harshman
|
|
|
Patrick J. Harshman |
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer) |
|
|
exv32w2
Exhibit 32.2
Harmonic Inc.
Certification of Principal Financial Officer
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as Adopted Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
As of the date hereof, I, Robin N. Dickson, Chief Financial Officer of Harmonic Inc. (the
Company), certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the annual report of the Company on Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 2006, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the Report), fully
complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and
that information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial
condition and results of operations of the Company. This written statement is being furnished to
the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit accompanying such Report and shall not be
deemed filed pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Date: March 15, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Robin N. Dickson
|
|
|
Robin N. Dickson |
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer) |
|
|